TEST BANK for Understanding Social Problems 11th Edition. by Linda A. Mooney; Molly Clever; Marieke by QuentinAxel

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. Democrats and progressives are often referred to as being on the left, while Republicans and reactionaries are often referred to as being on the right. a. True b. False 2. Karl Marx developed the structural-functionalist perspective. a. True b. False 3. According to structural functionalists, social problems occur when some part of the structure or culture of a society fails to work properly. a. True b. False 4. The Trump administration was responsible for the policy of family separation in 2017 and 2018 that led to 545 children being separated from their parents or guardians after they were detained at the U.S.–Mexico border. a. True b. False 5. The first stage of conducting a research study is developing a hypothesis. a. True b. False 6. Formulating a hypothesis involves manipulating the independent variable to determine how it affects the dependent variable. a. True b. False 7. A social problem is defined as any condition that is harmful to society. a. True b. False 8. An advantage of experiments is that they typically take place in natural settings. a. True b. False 9. The sociological imagination enables us to understand how social forces influence our personal misfortunes and failures. a. True b. False 10. Political tribalism is sometimes used to describe a strong disdain toward an opposing political belief or party. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 11. Values are characteristic of individuals rather than societies. a. True b. False 12. In 2020, Americans reported being unhappier than they've been since 1972, as well as more pessimistic about the future of their children with only 42 percent responding that their children will have a higher standard of living than they have, the lowest recorded since 1994. a. True b. False 13. A dependent variable is the variable that the researcher believes contributes to a change in the variable of interest. a. True b. False 14. Political partisanship is thought to be the result of several interacting social forces in the United States. Some of these social forces may include movement from the center of the political spectrum; greater racial, religious, and ethnic diversity; and increased division between socioeconomic classes. a. True b. False 15. A single status, such as mother, can involve more than one role. a. True b. False 16. Labeling theory and social constructionism are parts of the structural-functionalist perspective. a. True b. False 17. Recognized social problems vary by historical time period. a. True b. False 18. Symbols include language, gestures, and objects. a. True b. False 19. The definition of a social problem involves a combination of objective and subjective criteria. a. True b. False 20. An ascribed status is based on factors over which an individual has no control. a. True b. False

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 21. The social pathology model advocates proper socialization and moral education as a solution to social problems. a. True b. False 22. According to Herbert Blumer, "social legitimation" of a social problem takes place when the problem achieves recognition by the larger community, such as the media. a. True b. False 23. Non-Marxist conflict theorists focus on order and stability in a society. a. True b. False 24. A researcher who analyzes information collected by the U.S. Census Bureau is using secondary data research. a. True b. False 25. Field research involves observing and studying social behavior in a setting in which it occurs naturally. This could be done via participant observation and nonparticipant observation. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 26. Which is the best example of an operational definition? a. Sexual harassment b. Conflict theory c. The number of students reporting sexual harassment on a college campus d. The variable that is expected to explain the change 27. Gender, self-esteem, crime rates, and religiosity are examples of a. variables. b. hypotheses. c. operational definitions. d. samples. 28. A nurse interacts differently with doctors, nursing assistants, and patients. This is primarily because a. everyone is a unique individual. b. many roles are associated with a specific status. c. institutions are fluid social structures. d. of cultural constraints.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 29. Social consequences for conforming to or violating norms are a. values. b. folkways. c. mores. d. sanctions. 30. Given the position of social identity, when someone has unquestioning loyalty to a political ideology or belief, this is known as a. political tribalism. b. social group. c. anomie. d. culture. 31. Rose was caught speeding and given a fine. The fine is an example of a(n) a. value. b. folkway. c. informal sanction. d. formal sanction. 32. Which term refers to ideas about what is desirable in a social setting? a. Norms b. Values c. Roles d. Beliefs 33. Non-Marxist conflict theories focus on social conflict that results from a. weak norms. b. social disorganization. c. competing values and interests among groups. d. a lack of communication among groups. 34. An established pattern of relationships constitutes a(n) a. institution. b. culture. c. social complex. d. social element. 35. Which of the following topics is most likely to be the topic of study of a social constructionist? a. Why marijuana use, but not alcohol and nicotine use, is illegal b. How rapid social change weakened traditional rules about sexual behavior c. How the economic structure of society influences elections d. How different social classes view the police

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 36. One of the biggest disadvantages of secondary data research is that the a. sample seldom represents the population of interest to the researcher. b. researcher is limited to data already collected. c. researcher may become too involved with the group to remain unbiased. d. participants may act differently in a laboratory setting. 37. Which is the best example of the objective element of a social problem? a. In 2012, over 650,000 daytime drivers operated an electronic device while driving. b. Surveyed Americans most frequently selected inequality as the greatest social problem in the world. c. Some husbands believe they have a right to discipline and control their wives. d. Europeans are less likely than Asians to consider pollution the greatest social problem in the world. 38. The objective element of a social problem refers to a. our attitudes about social conditions. b. the existence of a social condition. c. the only part of a problem that can be measured. d. our beliefs about the importance of a condition. 39. According to the _____, social problems result from a breakdown of the family, religious, economic, educational, or political institutions of a society. a. symbolic interactionist perspective b. social pathology model c. Marxist conflict theory d. non-Marxist conflict theory 40. An event or characteristic that is measurable and varies or is subject to change is a(n) a. hypothesis. b. sample. c. variable. d. operational definition. 41. To reduce the social problem of underage drinking, _____ would recommend a campaign to encourage teenagers to define alcohol consumption as "uncool." a. labeling theory b. social pathology c. social disorganization d. conflict theory 42. Carl left his child inside his car on a hot sunny day. Carl a. violated a more. b. violated a folkway. c. underscored a value. d. performed a sanction. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 43. The first stage in conducting a research study is a. reviewing the literature. b. formulating a research question. c. formulating a hypothesis. d. defining variables. 44. Which of the following is a social group? a. All of the people in your favorite shopping mall at noon on Saturday b. People who usually watch NBC Nightly News c. Your college sociology class d. Fans of the Yankee baseball team 45. The major strength of the experimental method is that a. experimental research findings are easily generalized to larger groups in society. b. it provides evidence for causal relationships. c. it is more likely than other methods of data collection to show an association between the variables of interest. d. it is an easy way to collect information on almost all sociological variables. 46. The sociological imagination allows us to see the connections between private troubles and _____. a. social institutions b. sociology c. social problems d. public issues 47. Having to attend classes, read assignments, take exams, and write papers illustrates the _____ of a college student. a. status b. role c. institution d. sanctions 48. Researchers observe social behavior in the settings in which it occurs naturally when using the _____ method of data collection. a. experiment b. questionnaire c. field research d. secondary data analysis 49. The _____ of society refers to the way society is organized. a. structure b. culture c. ethos d. sociological imagination Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 50. In research, an operational definition a. identifies the measurement procedure for a variable. b. explains the relationship between two variables. c. defines the researcher's hypothesis. d. refers to any variable that cannot be measured. 51. Colleges are good places for young adults to meet potential mates. This is an example of a. a manifest function. b. a latent function. c. the sociological imagination. d. a dysfunction. 52. Which theoretical perspective emphasizes that a condition must be defined or recognized as a social problem in order to be a social problem? a. Structural functionalism b. Marxist conflict theory c. Non-Marxist conflict theory d. Symbolic interactionism 53. Which perspective is most likely to look at the dynamics of interpersonal relationships in small groups? a. Conflict theory b. Structural functionalism c. Symbolic interactionism d. Marxist theory 54. According to Herbert Blumer, the first stage of a social problem is a. mobilization for action. b. societal recognition. c. implementation of a plan. d. social legitimation. 55. Which perspective claims our identity or sense of self is shaped by social interaction? a. Social disorganization b. Social pathology c. Symbolic interactionism d. Non-Marxist conflict theory 56. Modern society includes the _____ of science and technology, mass media, medicine, sports, and the military. a. social groups b. institutions c. statuses d. roles

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 57. An inner-city youth was caught burglarizing houses. Which of the following explanations views the youth's crime as a public issue? a. The youth was unable to find a job because most of the factories had moved out of the inner city. b. The youth dropped out of school because he did not like his teachers. c. The youth's mother did not provide adequate supervision because she was more interested in her boyfriend. d. The youth thought burglarizing homes would be an easier way to make money than to work in a job. 58. Which perspective argues that the division of society into the "haves" and "have-nots" will create social problems? a. Functionalist b. Interactionist c. Conflict d. Anomie 59. Which of the following illustrates part of the social structure of a society? a. The health care system b. A belief in God c. The value placed on education d. The primary language used 60. ______ often questions the origin and evolution of social problems and examines how research institutes, government agencies, and the media influence the public's view of social problems. a. Labeling theory b. The social pathology model c. The social disorganization model d. Social constructionism 61. Which of the following best illustrates the subjective element of a social problem? a. U.S. Census statistics showing the percentage of the U.S. population living in poverty b. Reports that show the percentage of people who have lost their jobs because of the closing of factories in the United States

c. The percentage of Americans who believe the availability of child pornography on the Internet is harmful to society d. World Health Organization estimates of the number of people in the world who have died of the AIDS virus in the last five years

62. Folkways, laws, and mores are three types of a. sanctions. b. norms. c. values. d. master statuses.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 63. "Secondhand smoke harms nonsmokers." This statement is an example of a a. belief. b. value. c. folkway. d. more. 64. Which of the following is a major source of alienation in industrial societies, according to Marxist conflict theorists? a. A lack of socially shared symbols of communication b. The primary groups to which individuals belong c. Limited and repetitive tasks of specialized workers d. A lack of effective sanctions in society 65. For which data collection method is response rate the major problem? a. An experiment b. Field research c. A questionnaire d. Secondary data research 66. A(n) _____ of religiosity could be the number of times respondents report going to church or synagogue in a month or year. a. theory b. operational definition c. hypothesis d. sample 67. Definitions of social problems a. remain consistent and accurate throughout history. b. vary across societies and over time. c. are determined by a society's governing structure. d. are determined by academic intellectuals. 68. Which of the following social policies is most likely to be advocated by a conflict theorist? a. Repair weak institutions. b. Assure proper socialization. c. Create an equitable system for the distribution of resources. d. Reduce the pace of social change. 69. Sociologists refer to the position a person holds in a group as their a. status. b. folkway. c. institution. d. role. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 70. Which of the following is an ascribed status? a. Native American b. Single parent c. High school graduate d. Football player 71. Loreli dieted and worked out, which led to a significant reduction in her size and weight. Which of the following is an informal positive sanction? a. She feels much better about herself than she did before the weight loss. b. Friends tell her she looks great. c. She lost 25 pounds. d. She fits into a much smaller size of jeans. 72. _____ are norms that are formalized and backed by political authority. a. Folkways b. Mores c. Laws d. Values 73. Max Weber's concept of _____ implies that, in conducting research, social scientists must try to understand others' view of reality and the subjective aspects of their experiences, such as symbols, values, and beliefs. a. anomie b. the looking glass self c. verstehen d. alienation 74. A neon sign advertising beer is an example of a a. value. b. belief. c. symbol. d. sanction. 75. Although there are lesser known political parties such as the Libertarian Party, the Green Party, and the Constitutional Party, historically the United States has been characterized by a _____ system with either Democrats or Republicans winning the White House since the 1860s. a. universal b. two-party c. hybrid d. totalitarian

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 76. Alice wanted to study the effects of a new teaching technique on learning. She randomly divided her student subjects into two groups and used the new teaching technique with just one of the groups. Then, she administered an exam to the two groups and compared their grades. Her experimental group was the group who a. got the highest grades. b. was exposed to the new teaching technique. c. was not exposed to the new teaching technique. d. got the lowest grades. 77. Structural functionalists a. emphasize the feelings of powerlessness of workers in industrialized societies. b. focus on how groups with different interests compete for scarce resources. c. view society as a system of interconnected parts that work together to maintain balance. d. focus on how a person's self-concept is formed by their interaction with others. 78. The _____ variable is the variable that is expected to explain a change in the dependent variable. a. independent b. outcome c. operational d. theoretical 79. Which of the following is more likely to be found in primary rather than secondary groups? a. Task-oriented actions b. Impersonal interactions c. Intimate relationships d. Formal statuses and roles 80. According to C. Wright Mills, _____ is the ability to see the connections between our personal lives and the social world. a. the functional perspective b. the sociological imagination c. an ascribed status d. anomie 81. The method of data collection in which a researcher asks respondents a series of questions and makes written notes or recordings to be analyzed later is called a(n) a. questionnaire. b. experiment. c. secondary data analysis. d. interview.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 82. Magda feels powerless in her job as a warehouse worker. She finds little meaning in her work. According to conflict theorists, Magda is experiencing a. anomie. b. dysfunction. c. alienation. d. social pathology. 83. To study the interaction between prison guards and inmates, a sociologist lived in a prison for several months. Only the warden and a few other administrators knew he had not been convicted of a crime. This is an example of a. secondary data research. b. nonparticipant observation. c. participant observation. d. an experiment. 84. Which of the following is a violation of a more in American society? a. Refusing to shake hands with a new acquaintance b. Sexually abusing a child c. Eating peas with your fingers d. Littering 85. Society's structure is made up of a. the people who share a culture. b. institutions, social groups, norms, and symbols. c. beliefs, values, norms, and symbols. d. institutions, social groups, statuses, and roles. 86. Which of the following conclusions best illustrates the use of the sociological imagination? a. Jody's parents are getting a divorce because they do not love each other anymore. b. Helen is not attending college because her parents do not have enough money to pay her expenses. c. Tony's college failure illustrates problems of inner-city children whose schools inadequately prepare them for the rigor of college courses.

d. Megan has to request welfare payments because she lost her job. 87. Which perspective sees the solution to social problems in slowing down change and strengthening norms? a. Labeling theory b. Social evolution theory c. Social disorganization d. Social pathology

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 88. A society is in a state of "anomie" when a. the standards for behavior are not clear. b. the major social institutions reinforce the same cultural values. c. there are more secondary groups than primary groups. d. some segments of society have more wealth than others. 89. Jasmine received a list of questions in the mail. She was asked to answer the questions on paper and return them to a researcher. Jasmine was asked to participate in a. an experiment. b. a questionnaire. c. nonparticipant observation. d. participant observation. 90. Janet receives disapproving looks from strangers for singing loudly while walking down the street. The disapproving looks Janet receives are examples of a. values. b. folkways. c. informal sanctions. d. formal sanctions. 91. What type of status is assigned on the basis of some characteristic or behavior over which the individual has some control? a. Ascribed b. Elementary c. Achieved d. Rational 92. Micro-sociologists, such as W. I. Thomas, believe that human behavior is influenced mostly by a. the social organization of a social situation. b. the definitions of a situation. c. the objective inequalities that exist in a situation. d. the feelings of alienation that occur from a lack of power. 93. _____ are most likely to see the solution to social problems as solving differences through negotiation or mediation and finding win-win answers. a. Non-Marxist conflict theorists b. Marxist conflict theorists c. Symbolic interactionists d. Structural functionalists

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 94. Edward is an African American male, age 26, who married his high school sweetheart after he graduated from college. He is now the father of two children and is employed as a chemical engineer. Which of the following is one of Edward's achieved statuses? a. African American b. Male c. Chemical engineer d. Adult 95. A researcher's hypothesis a. identifies a sample to use for the research. b. explains how to measure variables. c. summarizes the review of literature. d. predicts a relationship between variables. 96. The neighbors didn't invite Charlotte to the block barbecue because Charlotte's dog is often on the loose making a mess on their lawns. Not inviting her is an example of a(n) a. formal positive sanction. b. informal positive sanction. c. formal negative sanction. d. informal negative sanction. 97. Symbolic interactionism emphasizes that a. societal institutions meet the needs of people in society. b. institutional inequalities cause social problems. c. human behavior is influenced by meanings that are created through social interaction. d. the important symbols of society are distributed unequally. 98. Socially defined rules of behavior are a. beliefs. b. values. c. norms. d. sanctions. 99. _____ tend to be conservative, right to far-right leaning, anti-immigrant, nationalistic, and anti-globalist groups that claim to represent "the people" rather than government elites and their political parties. a. Fascists b. Communists c. Populist movements d. Centrists

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 100. Studying White power groups by observing their activities without participating in their activities is considered an example of a. secondary data. b. an experiment. c. a survey. d. field research. 101. For which method of data collection is it most important to select a representative sample so that the information may be generalized to a larger population? a. An experiment b. A survey c. Participant observation d. A case study 102. The dynamics of individuals interacting in small groups is the focus of a. micro-sociology. b. macro-sociology. c. structural functionalism. d. the sociological imagination. 103. Which research method involves manipulating a variable in order to determine how it affects another variable? a. Experiment b. Field research c. Survey d. Secondary data 104. Symbolic interactionist Herbert Blumer said that social problems develop in stages. In the _____ stage, a condition is recognized as a social problem by the larger community, such as media, schools, and churches. a. objectification b. social legitimation c. mobilization d. implementation 105. Cheating on a spouse is a violation of a a. folkway. b. more. c. value. d. belief.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 106. Which of the following illustrates a primary group? a. A husband, wife, and child b. Your sociology class c. The college or university you are attending d. Your hometown 107. A _____ is something that represents something else. a. sanction b. more c. folkway d. symbol 108. The two general types of conflict theories are Marxist and a. dysfunction analysis. b. social pathology. c. non-Marxist. d. alienation. 109. Which of the following illustrates a latent function of education? a. The transmission of knowledge b. The development of reading and writing skills c. A source of friends and potential mates d. The high cost of a college education 110. Culture includes a. norms. b. groups. c. institutions. d. roles. 111. Conflict theory is more likely than structural functionalism or symbolic interactionism to view the cause of social problems as a. rapid social change. b. different interpretations of social roles. c. inequality. d. inadequate socialization. 112. The belief that a social condition harms society is the _____ element of the social problem. a. objective b. subjective c. operational d. theoretical

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 113. Anna is studying whether drug use contributes to lower academic achievement of high school youth. Anna's independent variable is a. youth. b. drug use. c. high school. d. academic achievement. 114. Instead of conducting personal or phone interviews, some researchers develop _____ that can be either mailed, posted online, or given to a sample of respondents. a. questionnaires b. samples c. beliefs d. latent functions 115. When supporters of a political party are entrenched in their party's policies, with no motive to compromise with opposing political views, this is referred to as a. the social context. b. state of the union. c. a social problem. d. political partisanship. 116. Choose a private trouble you have experienced. Use your "sociological imagination" to explain how this problem can also be viewed as a public issue.

117. Explain the concept of verstehen and how it applies to social science research.

118. Explain the similarities and differences between contemporary Marxist conflict theory and non-Marxist conflict theory. Choose a social problem and discuss possible explanations of the problem from each conflict perspective (Marxist and non-Marxist).

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 119. Design a research study on a particular social problem that interests you. Include your research question, variables of interest, hypothesis, sample, and method of data collection, and provide a rationale for each.

120. What is the purpose of conducting a literature review as part of the research process?

121. List five major social institutions in society and, for each, give an example of a possible breakdown in the institution and a social problem that might have resulted from that breakdown.

122. What are values? Give an example of how values play an important role in the interpretation of a condition as a social problem.

123. What is the sociological imagination? Using two specific examples, explain how it can be used to understand social problems.

124. Select a social problem and identify possible objective and subjective elements of that social problem.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 125. Chapter 1 includes a discussion of good reasons for students to study social problems. Discuss at least four of the reasons given.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e Answer Key 1. True 2. False 3. True 4. True 5. False 6. False 7. False 8. False 9. True 10. True 11. False 12. True 13. False 14. True 15. True 16. False 17. True 18. True 19. True 20. True 21. True 22. True 23. False 24. True 25. True 26. c

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 27. a 28. b 29. d 30. a 31. d 32. b 33. c 34. a 35. a 36. b 37. a 38. b 39. b 40. c 41. a 42. a 43. b 44. c 45. b 46. d 47. b 48. c 49. a 50. a 51. b 52. d 53. c 54. b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 55. c 56. b 57. a 58. c 59. a 60. d 61. c 62. b 63. a 64. c 65. c 66. b 67. b 68. c 69. a 70. a 71. b 72. c 73. c 74. c 75. b 76. b 77. c 78. a 79. c 80. b 81. d 82. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 83. c 84. b 85. d 86. c 87. c 88. a 89. b 90. c 91. c 92. b 93. a 94. c 95. d 96. d 97. c 98. c 99. c 100. d 101. b 102. a 103. a 104. b 105. b 106. a 107. d 108. c 109. c 110. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 01_11e 111. c 112. b 113. b 114. a 115. d 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 24

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. Developing countries are the poorest countries of the world. a. True b. False 2. The leading cause of death around the world is infectious diseases. a. True b. False 3. Mental illness is referred to as a "hidden epidemic" because most of the people who are mentally ill are institutionalized and therefore hidden from public view. a. True b. False 4. Medicare covers long-term nursing home care and dental care in addition to hospital and doctor visits. a. True b. False 5. Symbolic interactionists focus on the stigma that individuals who are in poor health or lack insurance face. a. True b. False 6. The United States is the only developed country in the world that does not have a system of universal health care. a. True b. False 7. All people whose incomes are below the poverty line in the United States qualify for Medicaid. a. True b. False 8. High maternal mortality rates in less developed countries are related to poor-quality and inaccessible health care. a. True b. False 9. As societies develop and provide better living conditions, the main causes of death and disability shift to infectious diseases. a. True b. False 10. While Hispanic individuals share many of the risk factors that contribute to poorer health among Black people, they enjoy relatively good health. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 11. About half of all Americans will experience some form of mental disorder in their lifetime. a. True b. False 12. The U.S. Department of Defense encourages military personnel to ignore mental health issues in order to protect their military careers. a. True b. False 13. Medical tourism tends to enhance the health of the local population providing the care. a. True b. False 14. The pharmaceutical industry is among the most profitable industries in the United States. a. True b. False 15. American men are more likely than American women to be diagnosed with a mental disorder. a. True b. False 16. The Affordable Care Act has been found unconstitutional in its entirety. a. True b. False 17. Promoting education for women tends to delay marriage and childbearing because it increases the power and status of women. a. True b. False 18. The conflict perspective focuses on the unintended consequences of social patterns. a. True b. False 19. In the United States, the first 14 people who had been identified as having the COVID-19 virus had each traveled to Africa prior to the outbreak. a. True b. False 20. Deinstitutionalization has caused a significant decrease in the number of mental health facilities with 24-hour or residential treatment and the number of psychiatric beds available. a. True b. False

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 21. Which of these is the organization fighting to eliminate the negative label given to mental illness? a. Organization for the Promotion of Mentally Health Children (OPMHC) b. National Alliance on Mental Illness (NAMI) c. Random Acts of Kindness d. National Organization for Wellness (NOW) 22. Which country has the highest average life expectancy? a. The United States b. Japan c. Sierra Leone d. India 23. Which term refers to death rates? a. Morbidity b. Mortality c. Thanatology d. Geriatrics 24. The concept of medicalization includes a. defining normal biological events, such as childbirth or menopause, as medical problems. b. financial contributions of private health care providers and insurers to political campaigns. c. increasing use of natural and alternative medicines to treat life-threatening illnesses. d. emphasis on health care treatment rather than prevention of illness and disability. 25. Worldwide, what are the most common causes of death? a. Parasitic infections b. Heart disease, stroke, cancer, and respiratory diseases c. Hunger d. Infectious diseases 26. _____ refers to health conditions characterized by changes in thinking, mood, and/or behavior associated with distress and/or impaired functioning that meet certain criteria. a. Mental health b. Mental condition c. Mental illness d. Mental disease 27. Conflict theorists interested in health emphasize a. the relationships between corporate profit and the health of workers and consumers. b. the development of the "sick role." c. the quality of doctor training. d. the effectiveness of drugs. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 28. According to the World Health Organization, health involves physical, mental, and _____ well-being. a. financial b. spiritual c. social d. emotional 29. Which term refers to the increasing worldwide problem of an overweight population? a. Globesity b. WWW (World Wide Weight) c. Body mass index rate d. Overweight population problem 30. According to the text, improving access to mental health services involves improving health insurance coverage for mental health problems and a. mandating prison time for mentally ill offenders. b. paying mental health professionals what they are worth. c. placing mental health centers in malls and superstores. d. recruiting more mental health professionals. 31. By 2020, the Affordable Care Act (ACA) had expanded access, but among the states that did not expand their programs, the median income limit for _____ eligibility was $8,532 for a family of three in 2019. a. Medicare b. mortality c. managed care d. Medicaid 32. Which of the following is an explanation of how health affects socioeconomic status? a. People from higher social classes are more likely to be diagnosed and treated for mental illness. b. Physical and mental health problems limit the opportunity to pursue education and vocational training and/or employment.

c. Individuals of the lower class experience greater adversity and stress as a result of their deprived and difficult living conditions.

d. Individuals from higher social classes are less likely to be stigmatized for mental illness. 33. The first reported cases of COVID-19 were identified in the Wuhan, Hubie province of _____ in late December 2019. a. Taiwan b. Japan c. China d. Philippines

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 34. The increasing incidence of noncommunicable disease is related to a. increased access to technology. b. high levels of poverty. c. lack of prenatal care. d. lack of protein in the diet. 35. Which concept refers to a person's position in society based on that person's level of educational attainment, occupation, and household income? a. Economic development b. Socioeconomic status c. Ethnicity d. Economic relevance 36. The major health threat in developed countries is a. infectious diseases, such as HIV/AIDS. b. parasites from unclean water. c. noninfectious diseases, such as heart disease. d. malnutrition. 37. The Affordable Care Act prohibits insurance companies from a. discounting brand-name medications. b. using income from premiums on administrative costs. c. denying coverage because of preexisting conditions. d. providing dependent coverage for children up to age 26. 38. Mental illness is associated with _____, a negative label that blocks a person from social acceptance. a. medicalization b. a stigma c. a sick role d. alienation 39. Some news media are adopting a set of standards regarding mental illness, including a. not assuming mental illness is a factor in a violent crime. b. using the general term "mental illness" rather than naming the specific disorder. c. not interviewing people with mental illness. d. using only terms that have a positive connotation. 40. Americans are most likely to use _____ for their mental health needs. a. primary care and general doctors b. trained psychiatrists c. mental health clinics d. government-sponsored programs

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 41. Which of the following tends to have negative implications for women's health compared with men's health? a. Sexual violence b. Gender equality c. Greater tendency to take risks d. Participation in sports 42. Which of the theoretical perspectives is most likely to study how changes in society affect health? a. Structural-functionalism b. Conflict c. Feminism d. Symbolic interactionism 43. Which of the following groups has the lowest life expectancy in the United States? a. White men b. White women c. Black men d. Black women 44. In 2019, about _____ percent of the U.S. population lacked health insurance coverage. a. 5 b. 8 c. 25 d. 40.5 45. The lifetime risk of maternal mortality in the United States is 1 in 3,000. This refers to a. the number of women who will die from pregnancy or childbirth. b. the number of women who will die sometime during their childbearing years. c. the rate in the population of individuals whose mothers have died. d. the number of women who have had an abortion. 46. Which of the following is a negative effect on health caused by globalization? a. Medical tourism b. Deinstitutionalization c. Increased use of vaccines d. Increased health screening 47. Studies of health care costs show that a. health care administrative costs in the United States are lower than in most other nations. b. Americans pay less for patented brand-name prescription drugs than any Western nation. c. health insurance premiums are not rising as fast as the pace of inflation. d. the pharmaceutical industry tends to overestimate its research and development costs.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 48. _____, or the number of people per 100,000 in a population who die in a given period of time, was used by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to determine the accuracy of reported COVID-19 fatalities. a. Positivity rates b. Life expectancy c. Death rates d. Managed care 49. Individuals with mental illness, drug addiction, or missing teeth are likely to be stigmatized. Which theorists are most likely to study this stigma? a. Social exchange theorists b. Conflict theorists c. Symbolic interactionists d. Structural functionalists 50. In terms of mental illness, the Affordable Care Act a. limits insurance coverage to physical illnesses. b. limits access to mental health insurance coverage to those over age 65. c. requires insurance plans to cover mental health and substance abuse. d. does nothing to improve access to services for people with mental illness. 51. The societal health measure showing the greatest disparity between rich and poor countries is a. infant mortality rate. b. under-5 mortality rate. c. maternal mortality rate. d. life expectancy. 52. Which of these racial/ethnic groups tend to live longer and experience greater health in spite of their relatively lower educational and income levels? a. Hispanic Americans b. Asian Americans c. Native Americans d. African Americans 53. A symbolic interactionist is likely to study a. health care as a market commodity in capitalistic systems. b. the varying definitions of diseases and conditions across cultures. c. how illness leads to other social problems in society. d. how illness keeps people from performing their roles.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 54. Which of the following measures is lower in the low-income countries than in the high income-countries? a. Infant mortality rate b. Life expectancy c. Maternal mortality rate d. Under-5 mortality rate 55. Which of the following is an argument in favor of a single-payer health care system? a. It would save money. b. It would keep the government out of the business of health care. c. It would be a truly market-based system. d. It would place power in the hands of the states rather than the federal government. 56. _____ spends more per person on health care than any other country in the world both in terms of actual dollars and in terms of percentage of GDP. a. Japan b. Thailand c. Canada d. The United States 57. _____ is the most common reason college students seek treatment or receive services for mental health. a. Eating disorder b. Anxiety c. Schizophrenia d. Bipolar disorder 58. Compared to individuals with health insurance, individuals who lack health insurance are a. more likely to receive preventive care. b. more likely to be hospitalized for avoidable health problems. c. more likely to be diagnosed in the early stages of disease. d. more likely to be able to see a health care provider of their choice. 59. Individuals with low levels of education are LESS likely than individuals of higher education to a. eat unhealthy food. b. drink heavily. c. work in stressful jobs. d. seek prenatal care. 60. A major cause of under-5 mortality is a. premature birth and low birth weight. b. diarrhea resulting from poor water quality and sanitation. c. contagious childhood illnesses, such as measles. d. hospital-borne bacteria transmitted to the child during birth.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 61. Which of the following helps explain the longer life expectancy of women? a. Men are more likely to exaggerate their health problems. b. Men are more likely to take risks. c. Women are less likely to seek health care. d. Men are less likely to use drugs and alcohol. 62. Death resulting from pregnancy or childbirth is called a. fecundity. b. maternal mortality. c. infant mortality. d. postmortem. 63. Deinstitutionalization in mental health care refers to the process of a. reducing institutional care and providing more services in the community. b. decreasing the numbers of doctors and other health care workers who practice in mental hospitals. c. adding more private rooms, community dining facilities, and recreational areas in mental hospitals. d. providing more job training in mental health facilities that will prepare patients to obtain employment when they leave the health care facility.

64. Hispanic Americans tend to a. have higher levels of education and income. b. have diets higher in fats and simple carbohydrates. c. be more likely to breastfeed their infants. d. have cultural values that promote close and supportive family and community relationships. 65. Which of the following statements best characterizes health care in the United States? a. There is a single health care system provided by the government. b. Managed care is outdated and no longer used. c. Everyone in the United States is eligible for Medicare. d. Health care is provided through a variety of private and public means. 66. Which theoretical perspective focuses on the medicalization of society? a. Symbolic interactionist b. Structural-functionalist c. Social exchange d. Conflict 67. Which of the following is a provision of the Affordable Care Act? a. Eliminating Medicare b. Creating a single-payer system c. Barring federal programs from providing money for mental health care d. Prohibiting health insurance plans from placing lifetime limits on the dollar value of coverage

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 68. Which theoretical perspective focuses on how wealth, status, power, and the profit motive influence illness and health care? a. Social exchange b. Structural-functionalist c. Conflict d. Symbolic interactionist 69. Middle-income countries are also called _____ countries. a. disadvantaged b. peripheral c. developing d. second world 70. Medical tourism refers to a. doctors and other health care professionals traveling around the world to offer their services where needed. b. traveling for medical care. c. the increased spread of infectious diseases across international borders. d. the spread of diseases caused by international tourism. 71. Negative stereotypes of people with mental illness contribute to its discrediting label or a. anomie. b. alienation. c. transference. d. stigma. 72. High maternal mortality rates in less developed countries result mostly from a. high levels of intravenous drug use. b. high rates of HIV/AIDS. c. lack of access to quality health care, sanitation, and nutrition. d. high levels of obesity. 73. Efforts to improve health in low- and middle-income countries include a. improving access to adequate nutrition. b. developing a market-based health care delivery. c. promoting the use of birth control pills instead of condoms. d. distributing mosquito nets to prevent the spread of HIV/AIDS. 74. What is the official name of the program commonly referred to as Obamacare? a. The Universal Health Care Initiative b. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act c. The Personal Health Protection and Rehabilitation Act d. The No Child Left Behind Act

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 75. One of the ways being used to improve the health of women in low-income countries is a. encouraging men to make health care decisions for their spouses. b. providing access to family planning services. c. encouraging early marriage. d. encouraging women to stay at home rather than work. 76. According to the text, how many Americans will experience some form of mental disorder? a. 5 percent b. 20 percent c. 50 percent d. 92 percent 77. _____ countries are also known as high-income countries. a. Developed b. Developing c. Primary d. Elite 78. Most U.S. insurance companies control costs through _____, which involves monitoring and controlling the decisions of health care providers. a. socialized medicine b. a pure market system c. managed care d. palliative care 79. NFL quarterback Peyton Manning reportedly traveled to Europe for the treatment of his injured neck. This is an example of a. globesity. b. secularization. c. medicalization. d. medical tourism. 80. Which of the following factors is most likely to explain the link between prejudice and discrimination and health? a. Stress b. Parenting style c. Religion d. Education 81. Which causes of death are much more common in the low-income countries than in the high-income countries? a. Parasitic and infectious diseases b. Chronic noninfectious diseases c. Heart disease d. Diseases caused by physical inactivity Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 82. Which Americans are least likely to have health insurance? a. White b. Black c. Hispanic d. Native 83. In the United States, men are LESS likely than women to a. visit a doctor and adhere to medical regimens. b. be socialized to be independent. c. abuse alcohol and drugs. d. engage in risky behaviors. 84. During the COVID-19 pandemic, _____, or the process of identifying those exposed to people with positive tests, was a method used to encourage exposed individuals to quarantine and stop the spread of the virus. a. social distancing b. contact tracing c. masking d. symptom tracking 85. Which theoretical perspective is most likely to study how failures in the health care system are likely to affect other social institutions? a. Structural-functionalism b. Symbolic interactionism c. Conflict theory d. Feminist theory 86. COVID-19 is known as a _____, a worldwide disease outbreak. a. pandemic b. stigma c. parity d. mental illness 87. Which of the following is more common among the people whose incomes are below the poverty line than other socioeconomic groups in the United States? a. Lower levels of stress b. Less access to medical care c. Higher levels of physical activity d. Poorer physical health but better mental health

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 88. Managed health care a. is a government agency designed to monitor the quality of hospital care. b. is a private agency designed to monitor and control the quality of physician care. c. provides in-home health care to fatally ill patients. d. controls costs by monitoring and controlling the decisions of health care providers. 89. Research on the relationship between education and health shows that, on average, compared with individuals with higher levels of education, individuals with lower levels of education a. have less knowledge about health risks. b. care less about their health. c. focus more on mental health than physical health. d. focus more on preventive care than treatment for illnesses. 90. Which of the following have the highest rate of infant mortality? a. White, non-Hispanic Americans b. Black Americans c. Hispanics d. Asian Americans 91. The infant mortality rate refers to the number of deaths of live-born infants under _____ of age per 1,000 live births in a given year. a. 3 months b. 6 months c. 1 year d. 2 years 92. The use of antibiotics has resulted in the emergence of antibiotic-resistant bacteria. This is an example of a. manifest functions. b. latent dysfunctions. c. bad policy. d. poor individual choices. 93. In 2010, the _____allowed states to expand their Medicaid eligibility to all individuals who were at or below 133 percent of the federal poverty thresholds. a. Affordable Care Act (ACA) b. universal health care system c. Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) d. Indian Health Service

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 94. The conflict perspective in sociology is likely to be concerned with the a. norms associated with the sick role. b. stigma attached to people who are mentally ill. c. profit motive of pharmaceutical and health care industries. d. ways in which medicine can transform lives as well as treat illnesses. 95. COVID-19 deaths in the United States have been higher among residents in ________ counties. a. Low-income b. middle-income c. high-income d. low- and middle-income 96. Which of the following government-funded programs is intended to provide health coverage for poor Americans, regardless of age? a. Medicaid b. Medicare c. Managed care d. Children’s Health 97. In 2021, the standard _____ premium was $148.50 (or higher depending on income). a. Medicaid b. Medicare c. single-payer health care d. universal health care 98. Which of the following factors have contributed to rising health care costs in the United States? a. The growing percentage of children in the total population b. High rates of undernutrition c. Increased use of advanced medical technology d. Government regulation of drug prices 99. Which of the following factors contributes to poorer health among racial and ethnic minorities compared to White individuals in the United States? a. They have higher socioeconomic levels. b. They have greater access to preventive care. c. They experience less exposure to environmental hazards. d. They experience elevated stress caused by prejudice and discrimination. 100. Medicare a. reimburses older adults and individuals with a disability for some health care costs. b. provides free health care for people whose incomes are below the poverty line. c. provides free immunizations and preventive care for children raised in households with incomes below the poverty level.

d. is a neighborhood emergency health care facility. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 101. The growing interconnections among societies can have positive effects on health, including a. increasing deinstitutionalization. b. facilitating the spread of infectious diseases. c. improving communication about prevention. d. globesity. 102. Which term refers to the growing economic, political, and social interconnectedness among societies? a. Postindustrialization b. Globalization c. International dependence d. Secularization 103. A single-payer health care system would a. cover only one individual per family. b. replace private insurance companies. c. require individuals and families to purchase all of their coverage from one company. d. cover only married individuals in a household. 104. Many countries provide _____ for all citizens. a. Medicare b. universal health care c. managed care d. health maintenance plans 105. Juan's health will be influenced by his socioeconomic status, including his occupation, household income, and a. race. b. ethnicity. c. education. d. geographical location. 106. The average number of years that individuals born in a given year are expected to live is called a. life expectancy. b. lifespan. c. age trajectory. d. average life total. 107. Mental illness is considered a "hidden epidemic" because a. most people with mental illness are institutionalized in hospitals or long-term care facilities. b. people with mental illness are more likely to stay at home and avoid contact with others. c. the shame associated with mental problems discourages people from dealing with the problem. d. health care providers tend to misdiagnose patients with mental illness as being physically ill.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 108. Disadvantages associated with medical tourism include a. lack of quality control. b. increased availability of human organs. c. increased income for insurance companies. d. increased health care for local populations. 109. Medicaid is funded a. solely by the federal government. b. solely by the state government. c. jointly by federal and state governments. d. by private insurance corporations. 110. Amelia is 68 years old and has been retired for 3 years. Which of the following programs is most likely to pay for her health care needs? a. CHIP b. Medicare c. Medicaid d. CHAMPVA 111. _____ is a system in which a single tax-financed public insurance program replaces private insurance companies. Replacing private insurance with this system would save more than $400 billion in administrative costs per year. a. Universal health care b. Military Health System (MHS) c. Veterans Health Administration (VHA) d. Single-payer health care 112. As societies develop and provide better living conditions, there is a shift from a. high life expectancy and predominance of parasitic and infectious diseases to low life expectancy and predominance of chronic and degenerative conditions.

b. low life expectancy and predominance of parasitic and infectious diseases to high life expectancy and predominance of chronic and degenerative conditions.

c. low maternal and infant mortality rates and predominance of chronic and degenerative conditions to high maternal and infant mortality rates and predominance of parasitic and infectious diseases.

d. high maternal and infant mortality rates and predominance of deaths due to parasitic and infectious diseases to low maternal and infant mortality rates and predominance of deaths due to autoimmune diseases, such as AIDS.

113. During the COVID-19 pandemic, _____, or the percentage of positive tests out of every hundred tests conducted, was a method used to get estimates of the extent of the COVID-19 virus and help some countries get it under control quickly. a. contact tracing b. the life expectancy rate c. the positivity rate d. social stratification

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 114. The level at which a sufficient percentage of the population is immune to a virus either by exposure or immunization, thus stopping its spread, is referred to as a. health disparities. b. parity. c. medicalization. d. herd immunity. 115. In developing countries, the leading cause of death for women ages 15 to 49 is a. complications of pregnancy, childbirth, and unsafe abortion. b. respiratory and heart diseases. c. degenerative diseases, such as multiple sclerosis. d. cancer. 116. What is a stigma? Explain the implications of stigmatization of sickness in our society.

117. According to the definitions in your text, how do developed, developing, and least developed countries differ?

118. Explain how structural-functionalism, the conflict perspective, and symbolic interactionism differ in their approaches to the study of health problems. Give specific examples to illustrate your explanations.

119. Identify and describe at least three governmental programs available in the United States to assist individuals obtain health care.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 120. Discuss the controversy surrounding health care reform. What specific aspects have been particularly controversial?

121. Describe the factors that impact gender differences in physical and mental health, both in the United States and worldwide.

122. Identify and describe the causes for the high cost of health care in the United States.

123. Explain the impact of inadequate health insurance on individuals and families.

124. Discuss the social factors that help explain why America's race and ethnic minorities have poorer health than American non-Hispanic White people.

125. What is medical tourism and what are the consequences of this phenomenon?

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e Answer Key 1. False 2. False 3. False 4. False 5. True 6. True 7. False 8. True 9. False 10. True 11. True 12. False 13. False 14. True 15. False 16. False 17. True 18. False 19. False 20. True 21. b 22. b 23. b 24. a 25. b 26. c

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 27. a 28. c 29. a 30. d 31. d 32. b 33. c 34. a 35. b 36. c 37. c 38. b 39. a 40. a 41. a 42. a 43. c 44. b 45. a 46. a 47. d 48. c 49. c 50. c 51. c 52. a 53. b 54. b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 55. a 56. d 57. b 58. b 59. d 60. b 61. b 62. b 63. a 64. d 65. d 66. a 67. d 68. c 69. c 70. b 71. d 72. c 73. a 74. b 75. b 76. c 77. a 78. c 79. d 80. a 81. a 82. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 83. a 84. b 85. a 86. a 87. b 88. d 89. a 90. b 91. c 92. b 93. a 94. c 95. a 96. a 97. b 98. c 99. d 100. a 101. c 102. b 103. b 104. b 105. c 106. a 107. c 108. a 109. c 110. b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 02_11e 111. d 112. b 113. c 114. d 115. a 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. Biological theories focus on a connection between genes and a predisposition toward drug use. a. True b. False 2. Secondary school students are more likely to report using e-cigarettes than conventional cigarettes. a. True b. False 3. Use of all tobacco products is higher for high school graduates than college graduates. a. True b. False 4. Heroin use has increased among middle-class Americans in recent years. a. True b. False 5. Tobacco use is the leading preventable cause of disease and death in the world. a. True b. False 6. The conflict perspective analyzes the impact of social inequalities and oppression on drug use. a. True b. False 7. The younger the age a person begins drinking, the higher the probability that they will develop a drinking problem. a. True b. False 8. Alcoholics Anonymous is a twelve-step program. a. True b. False 9. One method to reduce alcohol and tobacco use is to simply increase the cost of the product. a. True b. False 10. Marijuana is the most common substance used by people who are killed in traffic accidents. a. True b. False 11. The United States' war on drugs reflects a harm reduction position toward solving drug problems. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 12. In some countries, drug violations can result in the death penalty. a. True b. False 13. Structural functionalists emphasize the importance of parenting in deterring drug abuse. a. True b. False 14. Alcohol use and smoking among secondary school students have decreased over the last two decades. a. True b. False 15. The recreational use of marijuana is legal in some states. a. True b. False 16. Research demonstrates that child abuse contributes to alcohol and drug abuse in adulthood. a. True b. False 17. The popular D.A.R.E. (Drug Abuse Resistance Education) program has been universally praised for its effectiveness. a. True b. False 18. Most people in the United States think the war on drugs has been a failure. a. True b. False 19. Unlike synthetic drugs, the production of marijuana and opium has no appreciable negative effect on the environment. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 20. The most serious form of fetal alcohol spectrum disorder (FASD) is a. neonatal abstinence syndrome. b. caused by the use of e-cigarettes. c. fetal alcohol syndrome. d. caused by marijuana used during pregnancy.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 21. According to the conflict perspective, alcohol is legal because it a. is one of the safest drugs available. b. is often consumed by those who have the power to define its acceptability. c. plays an important role in relieving social stress. d. provides a pleasurable experience to people when they first try it. 22. Which of the following perspectives is most concerned with the effects of labels like "crackhead"? a. Feminist perspective b. Functionalist perspective c. Symbolic interactionist perspective d. Conflict perspective 23. Some sociologists argue that drug use and crime may be linked because both are related to a. mental disorders. b. intelligence. c. education. d. poverty. 24. Although _____ are legal (but highly regulated), the high demand for these drugs to treat chronic pain has driven a surge in the production of illegal counterfeit pills. a. prescription painkillers b. stimulants c. synthetic drugs d. hallucinogens 25. To which of the following can criminalization of opium use in the United States be traced? a. The high rate of birth defects linked to the use of opium by pregnant women b. The high rate of death among laborers who used opium while building U.S. railroads c. The use of opium among Chinese immigrant laborers who threatened White jobs d. The fear that White American youth would learn the techniques and motivations to use opium 26. Using treatment and prevention strategies is a way of dealing with drug use from a(n) a. interdiction approach. b. medical model perspective. c. war on drugs perspective. d. penalty approach. 27. Which of the following is most likely to illustrate a psychological explanation of drug abuse? a. Feelings of alienation from society b. Inconsistent cultural norms c. A personality type that is prone to anxiety d. The positive labeling of drug use

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 28. In the United States, users of illegal drugs are disproportionately a. young, male, and people of color. b. over the age of 40, male, and White. c. young, male, and White. d. women and people of color. 29. Children who live with at least one parent in need of treatment for drug and alcohol dependency are more likely to a. live in a conflict-free environment. b. avoid a similar fate when they are adults. c. be unaffected by the parent's behavior. d. suffer physical illness. 30. Which of the following is a psychotherapeutic drug? a. Heroin b. OxyContin c. Marijuana d. LSD 31. Cocaine a. produces feelings of excitation and alertness. b. is produced from the poppy plant. c. is the most widely used illegal drug in North America. d. use has increased in recent years. 32. The active ingredient in marijuana is THC, which in varying amounts can act as a sedative or a a. club drug. b. stimulant. c. barbiturate. d. hallucinogen. 33. Which of the following conditions might produce anomie at the individual level? a. Conflicting messages about drugs in the media b. An adolescent whose parents are experiencing a divorce c. An adolescent being pressured by peers to try drugs d. Drug use as part of a cultural tradition 34. Research suggests males are more likely than females to drink heavily because of a. genetic factors. b. socialization. c. the likelihood of arrest. d. the personality type.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 35. _____ theories propose that some individuals are predisposed to drug abuse. a. Conflict b. Symbolic interactionist c. Biological d. Psychological 36. The most common drug-related crime is a. robbery. b. driving while intoxicated. c. burglary. d. assault. 37. Use of all tobacco products, including smokeless tobacco, cigars, pipe tobacco, and cigarettes, is highest for a. non-Hispanic White people. b. Black Americans. c. Hispanic people. d. Native Americans and Alaska Natives. 38. The _____ is largely associated with White and rural populations, and the public attention to it has been generally sympathetic and focused on a medical model to understand its causes and solutions. a. crack crisis b. opioid crisis c. marijuana crisis d. methamphetamine crisis 39. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services defines _____ as those drinking five or more drinks per occasion on five or more days in a one-month period. a. heavy drinkers b. drunks c. partiers d. alcoholics 40. Becker (1966) studied how marijuana users learn to ingest and enjoy the effects of marijuana. Which theoretical perspective does this study fit? a. Symbolic interactionist perspective b. Conflict perspective c. Structural-functionalist perspective d. Social pathology

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 41. The most widely used illegal drug worldwide is a. cocaine. b. cannabis. c. amphetamines. d. opium. 42. In the United States, most federal money spent on substance abuse goes toward a. prevention. b. regulation. c. research. d. repairing damages caused by abuse. 43. The most widely used and abused drug in America is a. tobacco. b. marijuana. c. alcohol. d. heroin. 44. _____ is the most commonly used illicit drug in the world. a. Marijuana b. Opium c. Heroin d. Cocaine 45. Research shows that a. youth develop attitudes about smoking and tobacco at an early age. b. smoking at young ages is relatively harmless. c. despite concern, there is no evidence that tobacco advertising creates increased demand. d. there is not much that can be done to prevent youth from smoking. 46. In the current debate over the legalization of marijuana, many are concerned that it a. could increase the death rate due to high levels of overdose. b. is a gateway drug. c. will be used in ordinary food and drink products. d. will be used to facilitate sexual assault. 47. Which of the following statements is true regarding drug use and crime? a. Surveys of prisoners show that nearly two-thirds were under the influence of drugs when they committed their offense.

b. Experimental studies show that individuals are 12 times more likely to commit a crime when under the influence of drugs.

c. Sociologists disagree on whether drugs cause crime, criminal activity leads to drug involvement, or some other factor is related to crime and drug use.

d. A meta-analysis of research studies shows no relationship between drug use and crime. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 48. A drug that is believed to lead to the use of other drugs is referred to as a(n) a. gateway drug. b. starter kit. c. club drug. d. illicit drug. 49. Children of people with alcohol use disorder are a. likely to suffer from mental health consequences that persist into adulthood. b. likely to resist alcohol when they grow up. c. usually happier than might be expected. d. unhappy as children but do not seem to suffer from long-term effects. 50. According to a survey conducted in 2020, how many current users of alcohol in the United States are underage (12-20 years old)? a. 8.3 million b. 3.3 million c. 5 million d. 7.1 million 51. According to psychological theories of drug use, who is most susceptible to drug use? a. Those who feel they are invulnerable to stress b. Those who experience life as too easy c. Wealthier people d. Victims of child abuse 52. An example of anomie at the societal level that could lead to increased drug and alcohol consumption is a. an adolescent whose parents are experiencing divorce. b. estrangement from work, family, and friends as a result of oppression. c. inconsistencies in media messages regarding drug and alcohol use. d. manipulation of symbols for political and economic means. 53. The theoretical perspective that emphasizes that symbols can be manipulated and used for political and economic agendas is a. structural-functionalism. b. conflict theory. c. symbolic interactionism. d. postmodernism. 54. Heroin is a. an analgesic (painkiller). b. a derivative of cocaine. c. not physically addictive. d. increasing in popularity among American high school youth. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 55. Which of the following is a manifestation of a "new temperance" movement in the United States? a. Mandatory sentences for illicit drug use b. Legalization of medical marijuana in some states c. Harsher penalties for crack than cocaine abuse d. Federally mandated 21-year-old drinking age laws 56. Which of the following is considered drug abuse? a. Drug use that does not violate acceptable social standards b. Drug use that results in an altered state of being c. Drug use that leads to arrest, divorce, or hospitalization d. Drug use that occurs on an infrequent basis 57. _____ is a substance abuse pattern that occurs when a user becomes dependent on two or more drugs simultaneously, typically having one dominant drug addiction and then a secondary addiction to a drug that helps to counteract the negative effects of the primary drug. a. Polydrug abuse b. Gateway drug c. Supply reduction d. Chemical dependency 58. What drug has been approved for medical use in 36 states and for recreational use in 15 states in the United States? a. Cocaine b. Heroin c. Marijuana d. Methamphetamine 59. Methamphetamine a. is a central nervous system stimulant. b. is not addictive. c. is also called crack. d. was not used or produced until the 21st century. 60. Which of the following is required for acceptance into Alcoholics Anonymous or Narcotics Anonymous? a. Referral from a physician or mental health professional b. Loss of job or an arrest because of alcohol and/or drug use c. The desire to stop using drugs or alcohol d. Recommendations from a member of the organization

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 61. In the Netherlands, the use of such drugs as marijuana and hashish a. is viewed as a moral sin but not an illegal act. b. is treated as a health issue, not a crime issue. c. is prosecuted as a criminal misdemeanor, not a felony offense. d. carries a penalty of life in prison. 62. Anomie explains drug abuse at the individual level as a. the ability of those in power to define a person's use of a particular drug as drug abuse. b. the process by which a drug abuser becomes labeled "immoral" or "criminal." c. learning from associates to define the ingestion of a particular drug as pleasurable. d. feelings of estrangement and turmoil over appropriate or inappropriate behaviors. 63. Many have argued that alcohol prohibition in 1920 was a. highly supported by the American population. b. a "moral crusade" against immigrant groups. c. modeled after a highly effective program in Canada. d. highly effective at reducing alcohol consumption. 64. Janie injects an illegal drug as a painkiller that is an opium derivative. Which drug does she use? a. Cocaine b. Heroin c. Methamphetamine d. Marijuana 65. How would conflict theorists explain differences in sentencing disparities between crack and cocaine possession? a. People of the upper classes are more likely to use cocaine and have access to lawmaking power. b. Crack is more dangerous than cocaine. c. More people use crack than cocaine. d. Cocaine is part of our culture. 66. Over half of Americans believe _____ should be legal. a. cocaine b. marijuana c. opium d. methamphetamine 67. Which of the following substances was used in the original formula for Coca-Cola? a. Methamphetamine b. Marijuana c. Cocaine d. Opium

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 68. Tobacco advertisers have been found to target _____ more than others. a. people of color and women b. college students c. the wealthy d. White men 69. Use of _____ kills more people than AIDS, tuberculosis, or violence. a. alcohol b. cocaine c. methamphetamine d. pharmaceutical drugs 70. Worldwide, 80 percent of the people who smoke cigarettes are from a. the United States. b. the Middle East. c. high-income countries. d. low- and middle-income countries. 71. The popular D.A.R.E. (Drug Abuse Resistance Education) program was redesigned in 2009 because a. it was found to be unconstitutional. b. it was not effective in reducing drug use. c. it was misused by the police. d. it benefited only the wealthier kids. 72. Which theoretical suggests that the criminalization of substances follows a pattern of social control of the powerless, political opponents, and/or people of color? a. Structural-functionalist perspective b. Conflict perspective c. Symbolic interactionist perspective d. Social pathology 73. Which of the following statements is true? a. Illegal drug use is most common in the Middle East. b. Marijuana is illegal everywhere in the world. c. Rates of smoking have declined over the years. d. Women are more likely to smoke than men. 74. A _____ policy involves treatment and prevention. a. demand reduction b. supply reduction c. zero-tolerance d. legal sanction

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 75. _____ is the leading preventable cause of death and disease worldwide. a. Alcohol use b. Use of tobacco c. Cocaine use d. Heroin use 76. In Great Britain today, a. marijuana is viewed as a more dangerous drug than alcohol or tobacco. b. drug use is treated more harshly than it is in the United States. c. heroin and cocaine are legally available for recreational use. d. officials are thinking of returning to a medical model of drug treatment rather than punishment. 77. As OxyContin and other painkillers become more difficult to obtain, users often turn to less expensive and more available drugs such as _____. a. methamphetamine b. marijuana c. alcohol d. heroin 78. Great Britain historically used a _____, seeing drug abuse as a psychological disorder. a. medical model of drug use b. zero-tolerance policy toward drug use c. supply reduction strategy toward drugs d. war on drugs approach 79. _____ is characterized by serious physical and mental handicaps as a result of maternal drinking during pregnancy. a. Sudden infant death syndrome b. Fetal alcohol syndrome c. Infant gateway syndrome d. Down syndrome 80. Prescription painkillers are legal and so are the counterfeit pills created to mimic their effects. a. True b. False 81. Which of the following drugs was legally available in the United States in the 1800s and the early 1900s? a. Rohypnol b. Ecstasy c. Meth d. Opium

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 82. Which of the following is an example of the harm reduction approach to drug use? a. Disrupting drug production in other countries b. Longer sentences for drug dealers c. Adding greater numbers of law enforcement officers to detect illicit drug use d. Distributing clean syringes to reduce the risk of HIV infection 83. According to the symbolic interactionist perspective, people who use drugs do so because a. they have learned to label the drug-using experience in positive terms. b. they have a biological predisposition to drug addiction. c. they have been exploited and alienated by a capitalistic society. d. the society is in a state of anomie. 84. Drug courts are designed to a. ensure the prosecution of drug-related crimes. b. assist the families of drug-addicted felons. c. divert drug offenders to treatment programs. d. develop guidelines for the legal sale and distribution of drugs. 85. The _____ is a government policy based on the belief that controlling drug availability will solve drug problems. a. harm reduction approach b. war on drugs c. Obamacare plan d. Drug-Free America Act 86. Which of the following terms refers to a condition of compulsive drug use? a. Chemical dependency b. Drug abuse c. Illicit drug use d. Illegal drug use 87. Individuals whose incomes are below the poverty line and people of color may abuse drugs as a result of alienation from society because of unpleasant and low-paying jobs. Which of the following types of sociological explanations is illustrated here? a. Structural-functionalist perspective b. Conflict theory c. Symbolic interactionist perspective d. Biological theory 88. _____ is the nonmedical use of any prescription pain reliever, stimulant, sedative, or tranquilizer. a. Chemical dependency b. Harm reduction c. Psychotherapeutic drugs d. Substance use disorder Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 89. Which of these statements reflects the pharmacological use of the term "drug"? a. A substance that alters the structure or functioning of a living organism when it enters the bloodstream b. Something that positively or negatively affects the immune system of the human body c. Anything that has a direct effect on the user's physical, psychological, and/or intellectual functioning d. A substance that is physically addictive 90. Which of the following is a twelve-step program? a. Drug court b. Narcotics Anonymous c. National Institute of Mental Health d. Standard in-patient treatment 91. Biological research on alcohol abuse has focused on the influence of _____ on alcohol addiction. a. stress b. physical body type c. blood type d. genetics 92. Using marijuana for medical purposes is an example of a. deregulation. b. legalization. c. decriminalization. d. medicalization. 93. According to research, there is evidence that when parents used a(n) _____ approach, teens were less likely to use drugs and alcohol. a. discipline b. restrictive c. active mediation d. silent 94. Approximately 7.1 million current users of alcohol belong to which demographic group? a. Older adults b. Young adults c. Middle age d. Underage 95. A government approach to drug use that is a punitive strategy focusing on reducing the availability of drugs through international efforts, interdiction, and domestic law enforcement is called a. harm reduction. b. demand reduction. c. supply reduction. d. quality reduction. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 96. The war on drugs has a. resulted in a significant amount of collateral damage. b. reduced other social problems such as unemployment, gang violence, and the spread of AIDS. c. saved the U.S. government more money than the program costs. d. ended in the late 1990s. 97. Approximately 1 in 20 people who have alcohol withdrawal symptoms will experience a condition known as _____, which occurs when the brain's chemistry has been significantly altered due to heavy, long-term alcohol use. a. delirium tremens b. fetal alcohol syndrome c. demand reduction d. overdose 98. Kylee's baby was born with serious mental and physical handicaps because of Kylee's alcohol use. This baby has a. neonatal abstinence syndrome. b. fetal alcohol syndrome. c. Huntington's disease. d. the baby blues. 99. If an individual internalizes the label of a "drug user," they are likely to a. quit using drugs of any kind. b. seek treatment for drug abuse. c. substitute legal for illegal drugs. d. continue and sometimes escalate drug use. 100. The structural-functionalist perspective is more likely than the conflict or symbolic interactionist perspective to view drug abuse as a. caused by the weakening of norms in society. b. a response to the inequality perpetuated by the capitalist system. c. learned through interaction in small groups. d. the consequence of a psychological predisposition to experience pleasure from drugs. 101. _____ involves removing the penalties for certain drugs. a. Deregulation b. Legalization c. Decriminalization d. Medicalization

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 102. Hashish a. is processed from opium. b. comes from the coca plant. c. comes from the top of the marijuana plant. d. is less potent than marijuana. 103. Anti-cocaine sentiment in the United States emerged in the early 1900s in response to cocaine's heavy use among a. pregnant women. b. teenagers. c. European immigrants. d. urban Black individuals. 104. In recent studies, researchers tracked teens who had never used tobacco or marijuana and found that over a six-month period, those who checked _____ and text messages frequently had a higher likelihood of having started smoking tobacco or marijuana during that same time period. a. education forums b. social media c. e-mails d. brochures 105. Recent state initiatives regarding drug use along with some federal initiatives supported by President Obama, such as needle exchange programs, are beginning to place more emphasis on _____ than in the past. a. zero tolerance b. demand reduction c. supply reduction d. harm reduction 106. Proponents of _____ of drugs promote individual rights to make informed choices. a. deregulation b. legalization c. decriminalization d. harm reduction 107. The most common nonmedical use of psychotherapeutic drugs is as a. tranquilizers. b. pain relievers. c. stimulants. d. sedatives.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 108. Alcohol use and smoking among secondary school students _____ over the last two decades. a. increased b. decreased c. stayed the same d. fluctuated dramatically 109. Alcohol is least likely to be consumed in a. the United States. b. Europe. c. the Middle East. d. Australia. 110. _____ promotes a medical rather than criminal approach to drug use by encouraging users to seek treatment and adopting preventive practices. a. Deregulation b. Decriminalization c. Legalization d. Harm reduction 111. Which of the following distinguishes physical dependency from psychological dependency? a. Chemical dependency b. Drug addiction c. Withdrawal symptoms d. Legality 112. How is the term "drug" used sociologically? a. A chemical substance that alters the structure or functioning of a living organism when it enters the bloodstream b. A chemical substance that positively or negatively affects the immune system of the human body c. A chemical substance that has a direct effect on the user's physical, psychological, and/or intellectual functioning d. A chemical substance that is physically addictive 113. Which of the following involves collaboration between social workers and courts to provide a system of rewards and sanctions to treat addiction? a. Therapeutic communities b. Twelve-step programs c. Drug courts d. In-patient treatment 114. Children living with an addicted parent are a. at risk for abuse. b. unlikely to suffer ill effects. c. mostly drug-free as adults. d. affected socially but not academically. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 115. _____ is known as a crystallized illegal drug product produced by boiling a mixture of baking soda, water, and cocaine. a. Heroin b. Crack c. Marijuana d. OxyContin 116. Explain how anomie influences drug and alcohol use and abuse and the conditions under which we might expect to see a rapid increase in abuse.

117. What has the tobacco industry done to keep tobacco sales high despite federal restrictions on radio and television advertising?

118. How do children raised in homes with a drug- or alcohol-dependent parent differ from other children? What conclusions can we draw from studying drug and alcohol use in families?

119. What factors explain the differences in drug use and abuse around the world?

120. Discuss the complex relationship between crime and drug use.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 121. How do symbolic interactionists explain continued drug use, and how do they account for the success of treatment plans?

122. What are psychotherapeutic drugs? Describe the social problem associated with these drugs.

123. Distinguish between the demand reduction and supply reduction strategies to fight drugs, and give an example of each.

124. Compare and contrast the following government approaches to drug use using at least one example for each: zero tolerance, deregulation, and legalization.

125. Discuss how drug use varies around the world.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e Answer Key 1. True 2. True 3. True 4. True 5. True 6. True 7. True 8. True 9. True 10. False 11. False 12. True 13. True 14. True 15. True 16. True 17. False 18. True 19. False 20. c 21. b 22. c 23. d 24. a 25. c 26. b

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 27. c 28. a 29. d 30. b 31. a 32. d 33. b 34. b 35. c 36. b 37. d 38. b 39. a 40. a 41. b 42. d 43. c 44. a 45. a 46. b 47. c 48. a 49. a 50. d 51. d 52. c 53. c 54. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 55. d 56. c 57. a 58. c 59. a 60. c 61. b 62. d 63. b 64. b 65. a 66. b 67. c 68. a 69. a 70. d 71. b 72. b 73. c 74. a 75. b 76. d 77. d 78. a 79. b 80. a 81. d 82. d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 83. a 84. c 85. b 86. a 87. b 88. c 89. a 90. b 91. d 92. a 93. c 94. d 95. c 96. a 97. a 98. b 99. d 100. a 101. c 102. c 103. d 104. b 105. d 106. b 107. b 108. b 109. c 110. b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 03_11e 111. c 112. c 113. c 114. a 115. b 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. Females are less likely than males to commit serious crimes, but the monetary value of the crimes they do commit is typically about the same as that of male crimes. a. True b. False 2. There is no evidence that human trafficking occurs in the United States. a. True b. False 3. Whereas adults commit more property crimes than violent crimes, juveniles commit more violent crimes than property crimes. a. True b. False 4. In all countries, violent crime is a relatively rare event. a. True b. False 5. In most cases of aggravated assault, the victim and the offender are from the same racial group. a. True b. False 6. Attachment to others tends to decrease criminal behavior. a. True b. False 7. Both victims and perpetrators of homicide are disproportionately of minority status. a. True b. False 8. The United States has the highest violent crime rate of any developed country in the world. a. True b. False 9. Gambling is an example of a vice crime. a. True b. False 10. The United States has a long history of focusing exclusively on rehabilitation as opposed to punishment. a. True b. False

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 11. The Black Lives Matter protests of 2020 were so widespread that people were also demonstrating in other countries such as Denmark and Italy. a. True b. False 12. Self-report surveys reveal that virtually every adult has engaged in some type of criminal activity. a. True b. False 13. Fear of victimization represents the psychological cost of crime. a. True b. False 14. Research suggests that get-tough criminal justice policies have effectively reduced crimes in the United States. a. True b. False 15. Robbery is classified as a violent crime, while burglary is classified as a property crime. a. True b. False 16. The Department of Homeland Security publishes the Uniform Crime Reports. a. True b. False 17. Young people (ages 12 to 17) are more likely than other age groups to be victimized by violence. a. True b. False 18. Government and banking computers are impossible to hack. a. True b. False 19. More civilians own guns in the United States than in any other country in the world. This amounts to approximately 120.5 firearms for every 100 civilians. a. True b. False 20. Crime rates are sometimes exaggerated for political purposes. a. True b. False

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 21. The 2006 Adam Walsh Child Protection and Safety Act a. created a national registry of substantiated cases of child abuse and neglect. b. created community policing. c. mandates prison time for child sexual abuse. d. mandates the removal of children from an abusive home. 22. A minority female suffered so much discrimination in her struggle to achieve her goals that she gave up her goals for personal wealth and became a social activist opposing the materialism of American society. According to anomie theory, her actions illustrate a. conformity. b. innovation. c. retreatism. d. rebellion. 23. Many white-collar crimes go unpunished because a. the 2002 Sarbanes-Oxley Act decreased penalties for white-collar offenders. b. less than 10 percent of the U.S. population are victimized by white-collar crimes. c. government priorities and resources have shifted to homeland security. d. white-collar crimes result in a much smaller cost to society than street crime. 24. The crime prevention event that brings together local groups in outdoor events to bring awareness to neighborhood problems is a. the Perry Preschool Project. b. Weed and Seed. c. MAD DADS. d. National Night Out. 25. What kinds of crime are females more likely than males to be victimized by? a. Identity theft b. Sexual assault c. Aggravated assault d. Robbery 26. Arthur began to abuse alcohol after his business went bankrupt. Anomie theory would explain his alcohol abuse as a. conformity. b. innovation. c. retreatism. d. rebellion.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 27. Tom was released from prison before the completion of his sentence but remains under court supervision. Which term does this example illustrate? a. Probation b. Recidivism c. Parole d. Incapacitation 28. Feminist sociologists suggest that a cause of the higher arrest rates of female than male runaways is a. females being more likely than males to be emotionally affected by dysfunctional family environments. b. police with paternalistic attitudes being more likely to arrest female runaways than male runaways. c. male runaways being better able to conceal the fact that they have run away from their parents. d. male runaways being less likely than female runaways to travel outside of the community in which they live. 29. Acquaintance rape a. includes being forced by a boyfriend. b. involves the use of a weapon and results in serious bodily injury. c. is the kind of rape most likely to be reported by the victim. d. is the easiest kind of rape to prosecute. 30. Which of the following is an early childhood intervention program designed to cut down on crime? a. The Prison University Project b. The Perry Preschool Project c. Indiana Canine Assistant and Children's Network d. MAD DADS 31. Josh was arrested for shoplifting. His mother was very angry and screamed at him that he would turn out just like his criminal father. If Josh does engage in further stealing, which theory does this fit? a. Conflict b. Labeling c. Strain d. Symbolic interactionist 32. High crime rates in large urban areas are a. linked to large concentrations of poor, unemployed, and minority individuals. b. a new phenomenon. c. a myth. d. explained by the higher number of women in cities. 33. Victims of homicide are more likely to be a. female. b. elderly. c. young. d. non-Hispanic White. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 34. Which of the following is one of the eight "index offenses" the FBI identifies as the most serious U.S. crimes? a. Burglary b. Illegal drug use c. Gambling d. Prostitution 35. Americans have a disproportionate concept of crime rates. Their inflated fear of victimization constitutes a a. fight-or-flight instinct. b. social reality. c. psychological cost. d. functionalist approach. 36. Which of the following is an example of a transnational crime? a. A father who lost custody of his child abducts the child and takes them to another country. b. A citizen of Mexico illegally crosses the U.S. border in search of employment. c. An international child pornography ring offers online videos of children being sexually abused. d. A U.S. criminal flees to South America to avoid arrest and criminal prosecution. 37. A young woman paid to be guided across the border into the U.S. She was then told she owed more money and must work in a food processing plant to pay off the debt. This is an example of a. cybercrime. b. human trafficking. c. an international crime. d. a violent crime. 38. An example of corporate violence is a. an employee who murders another employee. b. an employee who embezzles at least $100,000 from a corporation. c. the unlawful exchange of corporate stock information. d. intentional violations of health, safety, and environmental regulations. 39. Capital punishment refers to a. the government taking the life of a person as punishment for a crime. b. any physical type of punishment. c. any punishment by federal authorities. d. monetary fines as a type of punishment. 40. Identity theft, internet fraud, and hacking are examples of a. corporate violence. b. computer crime. c. technology crime. d. status crime.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 41. The principle of deterrence is based on the assumption that a. offenders act spontaneously when committing a crime. b. individuals who commit crimes will continue to commit more crimes, even after serving time in prison. c. "get-tough" policies will result in other social problems. d. potential offenders weigh the costs and benefits of their actions. 42. According to labeling theory, one way the label of deviant causes further deviance is the labeled person a. is often denied opportunities for engaging in non-deviant behavior. b. adopts the crime-promoting attitudes and values of the society. c. rejects society's cultural goals of material achievement. d. rejects a deviant self-concept. 43. In Hirschi's control theory, _____ constrain individuals from committing crimes. a. punishments b. social bonds c. effective laws d. economic inequalities 44. Clearance rates reflect a. cases in which an arrest and official charge have been made and turned over to the courts. b. cases in which an arrest has been made but the prosecutor has decided not to officially charge the suspect. c. when an offender has been found guilty by a jury verdict. d. percentages of cases in which the individual officially charged with a crime has been found not guilty by a judge or jury.

45. Violent and property crimes are highest in the _____, which is said to have a subculture of violence. a. Northeast b. South c. Midwest d. West 46. The Sandy Hook Elementary School killings in which 20 first-grade students and six staff members were killed were an example of a. serial murder. b. mass murder. c. aggravated assault. d. acquaintance murder. 47. According to _____ theory, crime is likely to occur when legitimate means of acquiring culturally defined goals are limited by the structure of society. a. the differential association b. labeling c. the conflict d. anomie Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 48. Property values tend to go down in high-crime neighborhoods. Which cost of crime does this reflect? a. Controlling crime b. Transferring property c. Illegal expenditures d. Prevention and protection 49. According to conflict theory, what is criminal and what is not reflects a. the moral standards of a society. b. the interests of the ruling class. c. the interests of future generations. d. what is harmful and not harmful to members of a society. 50. One of the four core functions of Interpol is to a. subdue and arrest individuals engaged in transnational crime. b. assist member countries in the prevention and disruption of terrorism. c. arrest and punish transnational organized crime organizations. d. advise countries in the development of international law conventions. 51. Which of the following is a vice crime? a. Prostitution b. Arson c. Robbery d. Rape 52. Crimes committed by individuals in the course of their employment are referred to as a. vice crimes. b. occupational crimes. c. employee crimes. d. status crimes. 53. Strain theory suggests that criminal activity is more prevalent among individuals in their teens and early 20s because younger individuals a. have less attachments to others. b. are influenced by the deviant youth subculture. c. have less access to legitimate means for acquiring material goods. d. are unaware of the law. 54. The research finding that retaliatory homicide is a response to group norms of violence in some neighborhoods supports the _____ theory. a. strain b. control c. subcultural d. labeling Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 55. Subcultural theories argue that groups or subcultures in society may facilitate criminal behavior by a. promoting attitudes conducive to crime. b. blocking opportunities. c. disrupting families. d. attaining low levels of education. 56. _____ is a legal principle that protects police officers from lawsuits if, at the time of their alleged misconduct, they did not know their behavior was unlawful. a. Qualified immunity b. Racial profiling c. Restorative justice d. Overt differential law enforcement 57. It is difficult to estimate the frequency and nature of arson because of the legal requirement of a. premeditation. b. total damage to a property structure. c. non-movable property. d. maliciousness. 58. According to conflict theory, rape myths originated to serve the interests of a. children. b. single women. c. men. d. married women. 59. Which area of the world has the highest homicide rate? a. Oceania b. Europe c. Central America d. Southeast Asia 60. An American who accepts a lifestyle of hard work but rejects the cultural goal of monetary rewards is engaged in a. conformity. b. innovation. c. retreatism. d. ritualism. 61. The "get-tough" measures to combat crime are based on the principle of a. deterrence. b. rehabilitation. c. recidivism. d. social programming. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 62. Which of these statements is true? a. There is no country where crime does not exist. b. Only a few countries have police, courts, and prisons. c. Worldwide, adult females make up the largest category of crime suspects. d. Violent crime is the most common type of crime in all countries. 63. Which of the following is a characteristic of classic rape? a. More than one rapist b. A boyfriend as the rapist c. A rapist who is a stranger d. Force but no physical injury 64. Proponents of _____ think that recidivism can best be reduced by placing offenders in prison so that they are unable to commit further crimes. a. incapacitation b. parole c. capital punishment d. rehabilitation 65. Which of the following refers to the crime of attacking a person with the intent to cause serious bodily injury? a. Aggravated assault b. Vice crime c. Acquaintance injury d. Frustration aggression 66. Conflict theorists point out that the difference between gambling, which is frequently illegal, and investing in the stock market is a. the amount of money involved. b. who places the bet. c. how many people are involved. d. the motivation of the participant. 67. Which country in the world has the highest incarceration rate? a. The United States b. Mexico c. Russia d. Saudi Arabia

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 68. Because of the shortcomings of the UCR data, _____ may be a better indicator of what police are doing than what criminals are doing. a. self-report offender surveys b. self-report arrest and release surveys c. official crime statistics d. victimization surveys 69. Sociologists believe that the relationship between race and crime may be due to a. racial justice programs. b. the fact that non-Whites are overrepresented in the lower classes. c. later and more lenient contact with the criminal justice system. d. the proportion of Whites to non-Whites in a community. 70. Which of the following is classified as a violent crime? a. Arson b. Larceny c. Robbery d. Burglary 71. Who is more likely to own a gun in the United States? a. Democrats more than Republicans b. Northerners more than southerners c. Women more than men d. Whites more than Blacks or Hispanics 72. Which of the following is an example of occupational crime? a. Price fixing b. Antitrust violations c. Pilferage d. Security fraud 73. Which of the following is an example of a status offense? a. Truancy b. Shoplifting c. Computer hacking d. Credit card fraud 74. A violation of a federal, state, or local criminal law is a. a crime. b. deviant. c. a sanction. d. victimization.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 75. Which of the following is classified as larceny? a. Shoplifting b. Arson c. Rape d. Gambling 76. If a company produces toys for children that knowingly contain lead paint, it is an example of a. organized crime. b. corporate violence. c. occupational crime. d. vice crime. 77. In 2009, a Chinese court sentenced two men to death and one to life in prison for knowingly endangering public safety by producing and selling contaminated dairy products. The actions of these men are considered a. a vice crime. b. a status crime. c. an occupational crime. d. corporate violence. 78. Which of the following statements is true? a. Men are more likely to commit crimes than women. b. Women are more likely to commit crimes than men. c. Men and women commit crimes at about the same rate. d. At younger ages, women commit more crimes and at older ages, men commit more crimes. 79. Over the last decade, rates of female criminality have a. overtaken the rates of male criminality. b. increased. c. stayed the same. d. decreased slightly. 80. A shortcoming of the statistics in the Uniform Crime Reports is that a. many incidents of crime are not reported to the police. b. they provide more information about crime victims than offenders. c. individuals may exaggerate the number of crimes they have committed. d. it is difficult to distinguish criminals from noncriminals because virtually every adult has engaged in some type of criminal activity.

81. "Secondary deviance" refers to deviant behavior that a. is committed by adults, rather than by juveniles. b. most members of society do not view as wrong or harmful. c. occurs after an individual is caught and identified as an offender. d. occurs only in industrialized societies. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 82. Self-report surveys reveal that a. most adults have never engaged in any type of criminal activity. b. most adults don't remember what they have done. c. most adults have been convicted of a crime. d. virtually every adult has engaged in some type of criminal activity. 83. A status offense is a criminal violation that a. is committed by someone in organized crime. b. is committed by a government official. c. can only be committed by a person younger than age 18. d. carries no legal penalty. 84. Which of the following characterizes organized crime in the United States? a. It is conducted by members of a hierarchically arranged structure. b. It is devoted primarily to making money through illegal means. c. It is conducted by officially organized corporations. d. It often uses coercive techniques. 85. According to anomie theory, the mode of adaptation most associated with criminal behavior is a. innovation. b. retreatism. c. rebellion. d. ritualism. 86. Which kind of rape occurs most often? a. Stranger rape b. Rape by a family member, friend, or acquaintance c. Rape involving a weapon d. Rape that also includes robbery 87. Aggravated assault is more likely to a. involve offenders and victims of the same race. b. occur in the winter months. c. be committed by someone who is a stranger to the victim. d. occur less frequently than homicide. 88. The most common crime in all countries is a. homicide. b. rape. c. theft. d. arson.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 89. The recruitment, harboring, transportation, provision, or obtaining of a person for commercial sex or labor service is called a. human trafficking. b. chattel slavery. c. indenture. d. vice crime. 90. _____ theory suggests age and criminality are related because of interactions with peers. a. Labeling b. The differential association c. The conflict d. Strain 91. Robert was convicted of committing one of the index offenses. Which crime did he commit? a. Solicitation of prostitution b. Illegal drug possession c. Gambling d. Burglary 92. Vice crimes are illegal activities that a. most of the public do not believe are morally wrong. b. include the legal requirement of malicious intent. c. are victimless in that they have no complaining party. d. people engage in for recreation or sex, not profit. 93. What is the main focus of feminist criminology? a. Crimes that women commit against other women b. How the lower position of women in society affects their relationship to crime c. Drug and alcohol rehabilitation for women d. Women's involvement in prostitution 94. _____ accounts for more than two-thirds of all property arrests. a. Burglary b. Arson c. Larceny d. Robbery 95. Which of the following terms applies to obtaining someone's Social Security number and birth date in order to use their credit card? a. Identity theft b. Insider trading c. Recidivism d. Status offense Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 96. The National Crime Victimization Survey includes information on a. the motivation of the offender. b. the motivation of the victim. c. the extent to which the victim was harmed. d. the truthfulness of the report. 97. The term "racial profiling" refers to the practice of a. rapists targeting victims on the basis of race. b. law enforcement investigating suspects on the basis of their race. c. targeting minorities for violent crimes to instill fear in minority populations. d. sentencing criminals based on race. 98. White-collar crimes involving such factors as _____ result in more deaths than homicide. a. identity thefts b. consumer safety violations c. petty larcenies d. security frauds 99. The FBI identifies eight _____ as the most serious crimes in the United States. These are also called street crimes. a. vice crimes b. status offenses c. index offenses d. misdemeanors 100. Opponents of capital punishment argue that a. death sentences are distributed evenly according to race. b. most homicide offenders consider the consequences of their actions before they commit the offense. c. DNA evidence has been used to exonerate convicted individuals. d. the murder rate in the United States is lower than in many Western European nations that do not practice capital punishment.

101. According to conflict theorists, criminal activity may be more prevalent among younger rather than older people because a. younger people have less power in society. b. younger people have less mobility than older people, which increases the opportunity for criminal behavior. c. juveniles are insulated from many legal penalties for criminal behavior. d. juveniles today are exposed to crime on television. 102. Which is an example of corporate crime? a. Mob hit b. Security fraud c. Embezzlement d. Gang activity Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 103. _____ is an agreement that does not require a guilty plea and, if the requirements are fulfilled, there is usually no further legal action. a. Deferred prosecution agreement (DPA) b. The breeding ground hypothesis c. The differential involvement hypothesis d. Qualified immunity 104. According to differential association theory, individuals a. internalize the criminal label when others believe they are criminal. b. become criminal when they are blocked from achieving their goals legitimately. c. learn the techniques and motivations for criminal behavior from others. d. who have internalized society's moral standards are unlikely to be criminals. 105. According to Merton, _____ explains the high rate of crime by uneducated and poor Americans. a. conformity b. innovation c. retreatism d. rebellion 106. According to Robert Merton, most people react to inconsistencies between culturally defined goals and the means to achieve them by a. innovation. b. retreatism. c. rebellion. d. conformity. 107. According to the structural-functional theorist Emile Durkheim, crime a. can strengthen group cohesion. b. usually leads to negative social change. c. reflects the social inequalities in society. d. is dysfunctional for all members of society. 108. In the United States, half a million people in over 500 locations demonstrated against the killing of George Floyd, Breonna Taylor, and other unarmed people of color in support of a. Blue Lives Matter. b. globalization. c. Black Lives Matter. d. climate change.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 109. Victims of crime are disproportionately a. young White females. b. older White females. c. young minority males. d. older White males. 110. When a criminal justice actor treats one person differently than another because of that person's characteristics, for instance, race, this is known as a. restorative justice. b. qualified immunity. c. overt differential law enforcement. d. the dark figure of crime. 111. The Uniform Crime Reports (UCR), published annually by the FBI, contains crime data from a. victimization surveys. b. sheriff and police departments. c. self-report offender surveys. d. U.S. Census household surveys. 112. Fourteen-year-old Alicia ran away from home to escape her abusive father. Which of the following types of crime did she commit? a. Larceny b. Status offense c. White-collar crime d. Intimidation 113. Advocates of rehabilitation argue that a. recidivism can best be reduced by placing the offender in prison so they are unable to commit further crimes. b. research shows incarceration deters crime. c. criminal behavior can be reduced by changing the criminal. d. incarceration is more cost-effective than probation or parole. 114. According to conflict theory, the more _____ in a society, the greater the crime rate in that society. a. wealth b. industrialization c. social change d. inequality 115. _____ argues for the right to own guns and contributes millions to political candidates. a. MADD b. The NRA c. The WPA d. DAD Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 116. Distinguish between primary and secondary deviance.

117. What are the shortcomings of official criminal statistics?

118. Define and provide examples of computer crime.

119. Describe the social and psychological costs of crime and violence.

120. Discuss age differences in terms of crime rates and types of crimes committed. What are the explanations for the age differences?

121. Discuss the arguments for and against gun control.

122. What is corporate violence? Describe a specific example of corporate violence that has occurred recently in the United States and explain how it has affected its victims.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 123. How does Merton's anomie theory explain deviant behavior? Give specific examples to illustrate the modes of adaptation in Merton's theory.

124. Discuss the explanations for why minorities are overrepresented in the crime statistics.

125. Explain and give examples of each of the six categories of the financial costs of crime.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e Answer Key 1. False 2. False 3. False 4. True 5. True 6. True 7. True 8. False 9. True 10. False 11. False 12. True 13. True 14. False 15. True 16. False 17. False 18. False 19. True 20. True 21. a 22. d 23. c 24. d 25. b 26. c

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 27. a 28. b 29. a 30. b 31. b 32. a 33. c 34. a 35. c 36. c 37. b 38. d 39. a 40. b 41. d 42. a 43. b 44. a 45. b 46. b 47. d 48. c 49. b 50. b 51. a 52. b 53. c 54. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 55. a 56. a 57. d 58. c 59. c 60. d 61. a 62. a 63. c 64. a 65. a 66. b 67. a 68. c 69. b 70. c 71. d 72. c 73. a 74. a 75. a 76. b 77. d 78. a 79. b 80. a 81. c 82. d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 83. c 84. a 85. a 86. b 87. a 88. c 89. a 90. b 91. d 92. c 93. b 94. c 95. a 96. c 97. b 98. b 99. c 100. c 101. a 102. b 103. a 104. c 105. b 106. d 107. a 108. c 109. c 110. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 04_11e 111. b 112. b 113. c 114. d 115. b 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. Bigamy means the same as polygamy. a. True b. False 2. Sociologists recognize many different family forms. a. True b. False 3. People who are older than age 50 are less likely to get divorced than they were before 1990. a. True b. False 4. Feminist theories of the family grew out of the functionalist perspective. a. True b. False 5. Intimate terrorism refers to attempts to control all aspects of someone's life. a. True b. False 6. Functionalists believe that breakdowns in the family will affect other parts of social life. a. True b. False 7. Forced marriages occur at the same rate as arranged marriages in India and in the United States. a. True b. False 8. The conflict perspective emphasizes that interaction with family members has a powerful effect on an individual's self-concept. a. True b. False 9. According to the structural-functionalist perspective, traditional gender roles contribute to family functioning. a. True b. False 10. Reducing poverty and unemployment can reduce abuse. a. True b. False 11. Grandparents who live with their adult children are more likely to provide care than they are to need care. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 12. Over half of babies born in the United States are born to unmarried women. a. True b. False 13. No-fault divorce is only available in a few states. a. True b. False 14. Sociologists define a family as two or more individuals related by birth, marriage, or adoption who reside together. a. True b. False 15. Research demonstrates a parental divorce is always characterized by more negative than positive experiences for the children. a. True b. False 16. Divorce became more common as women gained independent economic resources. a. True b. False 17. The average age for bearing the first child increased in recent years in the United States. a. True b. False 18. Americans overwhelmingly support the use of corporal punishment. a. True b. False 19. Today, marital rape is a crime in all 50 states. a. True b. False 20. Stepfamilies are also called blended families. a. True b. False 21. Symbolic interactionist explanations of family problems focus on patriarchy as the primary cause. a. True b. False

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 22. A vast majority of unintended pregnancies happen to women who do not use contraception or use it inconsistently. Removing financial and/or other barriers to access to _____ is an effective way to reduce unintended pregnancies. a. long-acting and reversible contraceptives (LARC) b. TRAP laws c. comprehensive sex education d. individualism 23. In the United States, same-sex marriages a. are legal in some states but other states are not required to recognize those marriages. b. are legal in all 50 states. c. have been declared unconstitutional. d. may be legal if declared so by a family court. 24. The leading cause of death in abused children is a. suffocation. b. head injury. c. infectious disease. d. heart failure. 25. A succession of marriages where a person has more than one spouse over a lifetime but is legally married to only one person at a time is a. serial monogamy. b. polygamy. c. polyandry. d. polyamory. 26. According to symbolic interactionists, the significance of social interaction in children's development of selfconcepts suggests a. the importance of maintaining the traditional family form. b. that society should accept nontraditional family forms. c. that equal parenting roles will confuse and frustrate the child. d. that the acceptance of a stepparent will weaken the child's development of an independent identity. 27. Which of the following is a change occurring in U.S. marriages and families? a. Fewer numbers of singles b. More divorces among people age 50 or older c. Decreased employment of mothers d. Fewer three-generation households

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 28. The most common form of sibling abuse is a. emotional abuse. b. sexual abuse. c. neglect. d. physical assault. 29. The main purpose of marriage today is to a. be viewed as an adult by the rest of society. b. have and raise children. c. provide adult intimacy and companionship. d. provide financial security. 30. Which famous philosopher said that modern society rests on gender-based slavery? a. Friedrich Engels b. John Locke c. Henry David Thoreau d. Thomas Jefferson 31. Couples go to divorce mediation to a. see if they can save their marriage. b. resolve issues of the divorce in a cooperative way. c. learn relationship and communication skills in order to prevent divorce. d. receive psychological counseling to help them and their children emotionally cope with the divorce. 32. _____ theory focuses on how capitalism, social class, and power influence marriages and families. a. Structural-functionalist b. Conflict c. Symbolic interactionist d. Patriarchy 33. Which theoretical perspective argues that families have been weakened by changing gender roles? a. Structural-functionalist b. Conflict c. Symbolic interactionist d. Feminist 34. In general, under U.S. laws a. stepparents do not have the same legal obligations to stepchildren as they do to biological children. b. stepparents who divorce the biological parent have the same legal rights to custody and visitation of their stepchildren as biological parents.

c. stepparents who divorce the biological parent have a legal obligation to pay child support. d. stepchildren have the right of inheritance in the event of the stepparent's death.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 35. The intentional infliction of pain intended to control behavior is called a. churning. b. corporal punishment. c. domestic violence. d. dramatic discipline. 36. The _____ perspective argues increased divorce and single parenthood contribute to other social problems. a. family breakdown b. marital status c. marital resiliency d. marital decline 37. What did the text say about corporal punishment in the United States? a. It is very rare. b. No one uses a paddle or belt anymore. c. Very few children are spanked beyond the age of 6. d. It is used with the intent to control behavior. 38. What is not a barrier to accessing safe and effective contraception (i.e., birth control)? a. Lack of knowledge about methods of contraception b. Being married and having consent from the husband c. Lack of transportation d. Having money for extra items like birth control 39. According to your text, which of the following is almost entirely perpetrated by men and is more likely to involve serious injury? a. Mutual violent control b. Intimate terrorism c. Violent resistance d. Common couple violence 40. To which of the following does the term "patriarchy" refer? a. Fatherless homes b. The practice of granting fathers sick leave upon the birth of their child c. Traditional male domination of families d. Single-parent homes in which the father has custody of the children 41. Which of the following is almost exclusively perpetrated by women against their male partner? a. Intimate terrorism b. Common couple violence c. Violent resistance d. Mutual violent control

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 42. A form of marriage that involves one husband having more than one wife is a. serial monogamy. b. polygyny. c. polyandry. d. monogamy. 43. Which family characteristic is related to abuse? a. Parents with high-income, high-prestige occupations b. Stable intimate relationships c. Witnessing abuse as a child d. Not accepting corporal punishment as an option for discipline 44. The system of _____ implies that wives and children are the property of husbands and fathers. a. matriarchy b. androgyny c. structural functionalism d. patriarchy 45. Adult males who were sexually abused as children demonstrate a higher level of a. becoming gay. b. later happy family life. c. suicidal feelings. d. underdeveloped conscience. 46. Whom can you call if you need help with a domestic violence situation? a. The National Domestic Violence Hotline b. The Get Help Now hotline c. End Violence Helpers d. Local PTA 47. Which has contributed to the high rate of divorce in the American society? a. Changing family functions b. Equality in household roles c. Increased familism d. Decreased life expectancy 48. _____ and abuse are crimes for which individuals can be arrested, jailed, and/or ordered to leave the home or enter a treatment program. Many states have laws that require police to arrest abusers, and prosecutors to prosecute those arrested for abuse, even if the victim does not want to press charges. a. No-fault divorce b. Serial monogamy c. Domestic violence d. Psychological aggression Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 49. The authors of the text argue that a. divorce may be seen as believing marriage is very important. b. the high rate of out-of-wedlock birth is a clear indicator of a decline in the value of marriage. c. the divorce rate is rising because Americans are getting married at increasingly younger ages. d. all unwed mothers must be considered single parents. 50. According to the text, the most important strategies for strengthening families are those that a. increase employment and earnings. b. penalize people who get divorce. c. restrict marriage to fewer people. d. require covenant marriage. 51. The _____ is a 24-hour, toll-free service that provides information, support, and referrals to local domestic violence programs, which offer emergency shelter; transitional housing; legal services; counseling; and/or assistance with employment, transportation, food, medical care, and child care. a. National Suicide Hotline b. National Sexual Assault Hotline c. Crisis Hotline d. National Domestic Violence Hotline 52. In _____, parents or a third party choose the spouse for a young person. a. a patriarchal system b. endogamy c. an arranged marriage d. bigamy 53. The second shift refers to a. overtime work of husbands to keep up with their financial expenses. b. childcare and household chores. c. the extra work on the job that employers now demand. d. second jobs taken by underemployed workers in the labor force. 54. In violent parental abuse, a. more violence is directed against fathers than mothers. b. daughters tend to be more violent than sons toward their parents. c. the parents sometimes have been violent toward the children. d. all siblings tend to be violent toward their parents. 55. Nonmarital childbirth is most common in a. Western Europe. b. Central and South America. c. India. d. the United States. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 56. The penalties for rape were originally based on _____ laws. a. human rights b. domestic relations c. criminal d. property rights 57. Which trend occurred in recent years in U.S. families? a. Earlier age at marriage b. More interracial couples c. Fewer couples living together without being married d. Increased divorce rate 58. Which of the following is associated with domestic violence and abuse? a. Traditional male gender roles b. Men and women who earn about equal incomes c. Equal power between husband and wife d. Strong extended family relations 59. Which is a factor that contributes to abuse? a. Family history of violence b. Maternal employment c. Lack of authoritarian discipline d. Accessible community services 60. Intimate partner violence refers to actual or threatened violent crimes committed by a. parents. b. girlfriends. c. siblings. d. strangers. 61. Many mental health professionals and child development specialists argue corporal punishment is a. the most effective way to socialize all children. b. an effective way to socialize most children but is ineffective for babies or children with disabilities. c. an ineffective way to socialize most children but is effective for children with violent tendencies. d. damaging to children and generally ineffective as discipline. 62. Sexual abuse, negligent treatment, physical or mental injury, or maltreatment of a child under the age of 18 by a person who is responsible for the child's welfare is called a. corporal punishment. b. neglect. c. child abuse. d. common family violence.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 63. By gender-based slavery, conflict theorist Engels was referring to a. the use of female slaves to breastfeed the children of their owners. b. the division of labor among slaves in which the males worked in the fields and the females performed domestic chores for their owners.

c. the division of labor in capitalism in which women do labor for which they receive neither income nor status, while men leave the home to earn an income.

d. the practice of selling females into prostitution. 64. Intimate partner violence often results in a. an economic safety net. b. interference with women's employment. c. enhanced educational opportunities for women. d. more egalitarian relationships. 65. Which of the following statements is true about the relationship between socioeconomic status and abuse? a. People whose incomes are below the poverty line maltreat their children. b. Poverty itself causes abuse. c. Because they can afford qualified caretakers, upper-class parents virtually never abuse their children. d. Inadequate resources can increase stress, which can lead to abuse. 66. The _____ provides federal funds to support research and programs to encourage healthy marriages and promote involved and responsible fatherhood. a. Healthy Marriage Initiative b. Defense of Marriage Act c. Obamacare legislation d. Together We Stand movement 67. _____ are most likely to engage in elder abuse. a. Nursing home caregivers b. Spouses c. Adult children d. Nonkin caregivers in the home 68. The divorce rate has changed since the early 1980s. One reason is a. Americans are getting married at older ages. b. there are more commuter marriages. c. people are choosing not to marry in a church. d. there are fewer blended families. 69. Today, _____ states recognize some form of no-fault divorce. a. a few b. slightly more than half c. almost all d. all 50 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 70. Conflict sociologists contend that the widespread belief that today's marriages are between equals a. is true for upper- and middle-class women, but not for lower-class women. b. masks a significant increase in female domination of their husbands and the family. c. covers up continuing male domination in intimate relationships. d. is true for families in industrialized societies but untrue in developing societies. 71. Compared with married individuals, divorced individuals have a. a higher standard of living. b. less money and resources. c. dramatically improved economic circumstances. d. little change in their economic circumstances. 72. _____ are designed to help parents who are divorced or planning to divorce reduce parental conflict, foster cooperative parenting, and understand and respond to their children's reactions to the divorce. a. The marital decline perspective b. The marital resiliency perspective c. Divorce education programs d. Relationship literacy education programs 73. Among females, early forced sex is associated with a. running away from home. b. fewer sexual partners in adulthood. c. higher marital satisfaction as an adult. d. higher family cohesion as an adult. 74. Abuse in relationships typically a. is ongoing and constant. b. occurs in cycles where an abusive episode is followed by a makeup period. c. occurs in cycles where an abusive episode is followed by intense emotional abuse and victim blaming. d. is sporadic and unpredictable. 75. Which of the following is one of the identified patterns of partner violence? a. Sibling abuse b. Intimate terrorism c. Sexual withholding d. Child abuse 76. Children at the highest risk for abuse are those in the age group a. birth to 1 year. b. 1 to 3 years. c. 3 to 6 years. d. 10 to 12 years.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 77. Those who identify as pro-choice believe that a. the government should be involved in a woman's choice to abort a pregnancy. b. freedom of choice is a central human value. c. women do not have the right to self-determination. d. an unborn fetus has a right to live and be protected. 78. _____ is the failure of a child's caregiver to provide food, adequate attention and supervision, or medical care. a. Abuse b. PTSD c. Child harassment d. Neglect 79. Sociologist Sara McLanahan argues that when children in the United States are shaped by an increasing gap between the resources parents have at their disposal with which to raise their children, this is known as _____. a. gendered distribution of labor b. diverging destinies c. rehabilitative alimony d. divorce mediation 80. Children who experience corporal punishment tend to demonstrate a. less violence in their relationships. b. happier mood. c. more internalization of morals. d. greater withdrawal. 81. Violence against current or former spouses, live-in partners, boyfriends, or girlfriends is called a. family larceny. b. intimate partner violence. c. relationship danger. d. intimate intimidation. 82. The percentage of births to unmarried women _____ in recent years. a. increased to an all-time high b. declined slightly c. stayed the same d. decreased significantly as more women are in common-law marriages 83. The tendency to focus on one's own self-interests and personal happiness rather than on that of the family or community is called a. individualism. b. familism. c. patriarchy. d. ego-mania. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 84. Which concept refers to repeated violent episodes followed by a makeup period when the abuser expresses sorrow and asks for forgiveness? a. Cycle of abuse b. Post-traumatic stress syndrome c. Quid pro quo d. De facto violence 85. Which statement about legal action is true? a. No one is required to receive treatment as an abuser. b. Some states require police to arrest accused abusers. c. Success rates for intervention programs for abusers are high. d. Abusers cannot be arrested unless the victim presses charges. 86. Feminists believe that the unequal distribution of power among men and women a. has virtually disappeared in the families of modern, industrialized societies. b. contributes to wife battering. c. contributes to the emotional well-being of children in the family. d. is necessary to ensure higher family incomes in modern societies. 87. Janie and Harry were arguing over a minor traffic accident in which Janie was involved. Harry got angry because Janie would not admit that the accident was her fault and slapped her. Which of the following patterns of intimate partner violence does this scenario illustrate? a. Mutual violent control b. Intimate terrorism c. Violent resistance d. Common couple violence 88. The most common form of child abuse is a. physical abuse. b. emotional/psychological abuse. c. neglect. d. sexual abuse. 89. According to the U.S. Census, a family a. is a kinship system of all relatives living together or recognized as a social unit. b. refers to two or more persons related by blood, marriage, or adoption. c. constitutes two or more persons who share a common residence. d. is a unit that consists of a mother, father, and at least one child who share a common residence.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 90. What is relationship churning? a. A pattern of instability in which the partners break up and then reconcile b. The cycle of abuse c. Going to marriage counseling or marriage education classes d. Trying to save a marriage by changing the usual patterns of living 91. The _____ divorce rate refers to the number of divorces per 1,000 married women. a. crude b. refined c. total d. per capita 92. The _____ perspective argues divorce provides a second chance at happiness for adults and an escape from a dysfunctional family for children. a. family breakdown b. marital status c. marital resiliency d. marital decline 93. The percentage of people who cohabit _____ since 1980. a. decreased dramatically b. stayed the same c. increased slightly d. more than doubled 94. If a husband forces his wife to have sex, a. it is marital rape. b. it is legal in most states. c. it is not considered rape because she is his property. d. it is not considered rape because she agreed to the sex when she married him. 95. Christina offered to shop for her 70-year-old aunt. While she did buy some groceries for her aunt, she kept most of the money for herself. This illustrates a. financial abuse. b. neglect. c. emotional abuse. d. isolation.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 96. Educational programs that include information about sexuality, sexual consent, reproduction, contraception, and STD prevention inside or outside of the school system is known as _____. a. the marital resiliency perspective b. comprehensive sex education c. family planning d. TRAP laws 97. Significant changes occurring in U.S. families and households over the last several decades include a. men and women marrying at a younger age. b. decreased heterosexual and same-sex cohabitation. c. more births to unmarried women. d. fewer single-parent families. 98. Those who abuse children are most often a. nonkin babysitters or nannies. b. cohabitating boyfriends of the mother. c. parents of the victim. d. kin caretakers other than parents. 99. Conflict theorists emphasize that the policies of the American government a. help the powerful and wealthy. b. are significantly contributing to the stabilization of family structure in response to pressures from the religious right to maintain family values.

c. are gradually reducing the forces in the American society that contribute to divorce and unwed pregnancy. d. serve the interests of lower-income families more than middle-income families. 100. Structural functionalists attribute the high rate of divorce and single-parent households to a. the still-existing problem of male domination. b. changing social roles. c. change in societal definitions of divorce. d. domestic abuse that creates negative self-concepts. 101. Elder abuse most frequently occurs as a. physical abuse. b. neglect. c. psychological abuse. d. financial abuse.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 102. At the global level, an international campaign by the name of _____ promotes men and boys' involvement in equitable, nonviolent caregiving. With initiatives in 45 countries, this campaign promotes positive parenting, violence prevention, and sharing domestic and caregiving work with women. a. Family Planning b. Patriarchy c. Second Shift d. MenCare 103. Which of these statements is true about grandparents in the United States? a. The number of grandparents raising grandchildren increased in recent years. b. Multigenerational families usually form because the grandparents need assistance. c. Multigenerational households were much more common in the past. d. Most multigenerational families are formed because a mother does not want to give up her adult children. 104. Which theoretical perspective would be most interested in verbal abuse resulting in negative self-concepts? a. Conflict b. Structural-functionalist c. Symbolic interactionist d. Feminist 105. According to the text, what is a reason women stay in abusive relationships? a. The excitement b. Security in the feeling of being controlled c. A belief it is their fault d. A desire for revenge 106. Emotional abuse can include a. withholding physical contact. b. slapping rather than hitting with a closed fist. c. pulling hair. d. forced sex. 107. One of the ways in which a forced marriage differs from an arranged marriage is that a. it has the consent of both parties. b. it involves emotional abuse, threats, or deception. c. it is completely voluntary. d. the bride and groom meet a few weeks before the ceremony. 108. Polyandry is _____ than polygyny. a. more common worldwide b. more common in the United States c. equally common worldwide d. less common worldwide Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 109. Which statement is true about intimate partner violence and abuse? a. It only involves physical violence. b. Most victims are men. c. There is less stigma connected with violence perpetrated by women. d. Actual partner violence is very rare; usually, it is exaggerated. 110. According to symbolic interactionists, visitation rights a. minimizes the importance of the noncustodial parent's rights. b. gives the noncustodial parent a feeling of involvement in their child's life. c. signifies to the child that the noncustodial parent still loves them. d. undermines the child's identification with the stepparent. 111. Developed nations generally have _____ less developed nations. a. more egalitarian marriages than b. less egalitarian marriages than c. the same amount of equality in marriage as d. inequality in marriage when compared to 112. _____ occurs when a caregiver shakes a baby to the point of causing the child to experience brain or retinal hemorrhage, most often in response to the young baby who will not stop crying. a. Neglect b. Juvenile hemorrhage disorder c. Oppositional baby response d. Shaken baby syndrome 113. The sociological definition of the family includes a. a small business where the workers all know each other well. b. good friends. c. unmarried same-sex couples. d. roommates. 114. Which of the following statements best reflects the consequences of divorce? a. The effects of divorce on adults and children are mixed and variable with both positive and negative effects. b. The consequences of divorce are always negative for children but positive for the adults. c. There are no long-term consequences of divorce for children. d. Divorce generally benefits all involved. 115. _____ is a status that some states, counties, cities, and workplaces grant to unmarried couples, including gay and lesbian couples, that conveys various rights and responsibilities. a. Domestic partnership b. Comprehensive sex education c. Marital resiliency perspective d. Individualism Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 116. How has marital quality changed in the last few decades?

117. What is child neglect?

118. What are some strategies for strengthening marriage and reducing problems associated with divorce?

119. What are the two main claims of the marital decline perspective?

120. Does the high rate of divorce and out-of-wedlock childbearing signal the breakdown of the family? In answering this question, state the argument of the marital decline or marital resilience perspective and cite evidence to support your position.

121. How do symbolic interactionists explain the problems of divorce, father absence, and domestic violence and abuse? What strategies do they propose to help solve these problems?

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 122. Explain the impact of divorce on the physical, psychological, and economic well-being of adults and children, including both positive and negative effects.

123. Describe how societal customs influence family life and include at least three examples of different forms of family.

124. What social and cultural factors contribute to divorce in the American society?

125. Explain the individual, family, community, and cultural factors in the U.S. society that contribute to domestic violence and abuse.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e Answer Key 1. False 2. True 3. False 4. False 5. True 6. True 7. False 8. False 9. True 10. True 11. True 12. False 13. False 14. False 15. False 16. True 17. True 18. True 19. True 20. True 21. False 22. a 23. b 24. b 25. a 26. b

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 27. b 28. a 29. c 30. a 31. b 32. b 33. a 34. a 35. b 36. d 37. d 38. d 39. b 40. c 41. c 42. b 43. c 44. d 45. c 46. a 47. a 48. c 49. a 50. a 51. d 52. c 53. b 54. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 55. b 56. d 57. b 58. a 59. a 60. b 61. d 62. c 63. c 64. b 65. d 66. a 67. c 68. a 69. d 70. c 71. b 72. c 73. a 74. b 75. b 76. a 77. b 78. d 79. b 80. d 81. b 82. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 83. a 84. a 85. b 86. b 87. d 88. c 89. b 90. a 91. b 92. c 93. d 94. a 95. a 96. b 97. c 98. c 99. a 100. b 101. b 102. d 103. a 104. c 105. c 106. a 107. b 108. d 109. c 110. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 05_11e 111. a 112. d 113. c 114. a 115. a 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. The federal poverty line takes into account the different costs of living from state to state. a. True b. False 2. The rich and people whose incomes are below the poverty line are equally vulnerable to devastation from natural disasters, such as hurricanes, tsunamis, floods, and earthquakes. a. True b. False 3. Extreme poverty refers to living on less than $1.90 per day. a. True b. False 4. Of the industrialized nations, the United States has the highest poverty rate and the highest degree of income inequality. a. True b. False 5. The Multidimensional Poverty Index includes a dimension measuring "life satisfaction." a. True b. False 6. Most recipients of TANF cash and food benefits are children. a. True b. False 7. Based on figures from 2019, nearly one-third of U.S. children will live in poverty at some point. a. True b. False 8. Noncitizen immigrants are more likely to receive public assistance than American citizens. a. True b. False 9. The richest 1 percent of the adults in the world own nearly half of the global household wealth. a. True b. False 10. Tax rates that are proportionately higher for those with higher incomes are "progressive." a. True b. False

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 11. There are no limits to how long an individual can receive TANF benefits. a. True b. False 12. According to the structural functionalists, poverty is sometimes functional for society. a. True b. False 13. There are no limits on how much corporations can donate to political campaigns. a. True b. False 14. People whose incomes are lower than the poverty line are less likely to be married than wealthier people. a. True b. False 15. "Near poor" refers to Americans living in households with income below 50 percent of the poverty line. a. True b. False 16. American wages and salaries have kept up with the increases in productivity. a. True b. False 17. Single-parent households are more likely to live in poverty than two-parent households. a. True b. False 18. The wealthy have a disadvantage influencing the political system, especially because corporations have limited political spending power. a. True b. False 19. Section 8 housing involves the construction of large housing "projects" for low-income families. a. True b. False 20. Medicaid is automatically available to all recipients of TANF. a. True b. False 21. Food insecurity does not exist in the United States. a. True b. False

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 22. Which measure of poverty refers to a condition of not having access to the necessary resources? a. Relative poverty b. Structural poverty c. Actual poverty d. Absolute poverty 23. Medicaid a. is federally subsidized medical services and hospitalization for the elderly. b. provides medical care for people whose incomes are below the poverty line through reimbursements to physicians and hospitals.

c. specializes in medical care for severely, chronically ill children. d. is federally subsidized food assistance for malnourished children. 24. According to the textbook, which of these contributes most to homelessness? a. A desire for a free and easy life b. Not taking responsibility c. Running away from home d. The high cost of finding a place to live 25. According to the textbook, teenage girls whose incomes are below the poverty line may be motivated to have a child a. to collect welfare. b. to have an excuse to drop out of school. c. to make a change in their lives toward something better. d. to move out of their parents' household. 26. According to Karl Marx, the owners of the factories or the "means of production" are the a. proletariat. b. corporate clients. c. meritocracy. d. bourgeoisie. 27. _____ refers to the higher proportion of women than men in poverty. a. Slum housing b. The hopelessly poor c. The feminization of poverty d. The economic sex ratio

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 28. Relative to other income groups, wages rose most for the _____ in recent years. a. bottom 1 percent b. middle-income earners c. top executives d. seasonal workers 29. _____ is poverty that is transmitted from one generation to the next. a. Intergenerational poverty b. Intragenerational poverty c. Socioeconomic poverty d. Inherited poverty 30. Which statement is true about the relationship between education and poverty? a. The higher the person's level of education, the less likely the person is to be poor. b. Because of the cost of higher education, those with advanced degrees are more likely to be poor. c. There is no consistent relationship between education and poverty. d. Almost all jobs now require a degree. 31. In 1996, Congress passed the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act, commonly referred to as "welfare reform," that established a. Aid to Families with Dependent Children (AFDC). b. Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF). c. the Food Stamp Program. d. the National School Lunch Program. 32. Who is the wealthiest person in the world? a. Jeff Bezos b. Queen Elizabeth c. Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman d. Donald Trump 33. Which of the following is an example of a human development investment? a. Putting fathers who don't pay child support in jail b. Providing access to family planning c. Tax credits for businesses d. Tax refunds for "green" manufacturing 34. Which of the following is an example of corporate welfare? a. Donation of money by a large corporation to a homeless shelter b. Severance pay and unemployment insurance c. Low-interest government loans, subsidies, and tax breaks to corporations d. Employee assistance programs

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 35. According to the textbook, which is a myth about welfare? a. Some welfare recipients work for pay. b. Immigrants place a huge burden on our welfare system. c. There is no abuse of the assistance program. d. Welfare benefits are granted only to people who are really poor. 36. The Multidimensional Poverty Index includes the a. deprivation of health. b. deprivation of time. c. deprivation of affection. d. deprivation of happiness. 37. Most people experiencing homelessness in America a. stay in shelters or transitional housing. b. live on the street. c. live in their vehicles. d. stay in shelters made of discarded materials. 38. Dr. Carlson is a sociologist who argues that inequality motivates people to achieve success. Dr. Carlson is most likely a a. conflict theorist. b. structural functionalist. c. symbolic interactionist. d. postmodernist. 39. _____ poverty refers to a deficiency of material and economic resources compared with some other population. a. Relative b. Comparative c. Absolute d. Standardized 40. Which of the following is cited in the textbook as a cause of homelessness? a. Domestic violence b. Irresponsibility c. Having a 401(k) retirement account d. Poor life choices

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 41. The 1996 federal welfare reform legislation set a lifetime limit of _____ for families receiving federal government assistance. a. one year b. two years c. five years d. ten years 42. What is a likely consequence of absolute poverty in low-income countries? a. Unsafe water and sanitation b. The emergence of capitalism c. Reliance on government programs d. Healthy lifestyles due to a lack of access to luxuries 43. Which country has the highest rate of poverty among OECD countries? a. Spain b. Canada c. The United States d. England 44. Advocates for people whose incomes are below the poverty line point out that economic development a. always reduces poverty. b. has no impact on poverty. c. does not always reduce poverty but does not increase it. d. sometimes increases poverty. 45. The official poverty line in the United States has been criticized because it is based on a. tax burdens. b. pretax income. c. taxable income. d. tax credits. 46. What is the largest expense for most families? a. Food b. Education c. Housing d. Medicine 47. Living wage laws require state or municipal contractors, recipients of public subsidies or tax breaks, or, in some cases, businesses to pay employees a. overtime wages if they work over 40 hours per week. b. wages below the federal minimum wage for disabled workers. c. wages below the federal minimum wage for legal immigrants with work visas. d. wages large enough to enable families to live above the poverty line. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 48. Wealth, the total assets of an individual or household, includes a. mortgages. b. student loans. c. checking and savings accounts. d. credit card debt. 49. Which of the following is a form of educational assistance to low-income families? a. The state scholarship program b. Legacy scholarships c. Federal college work-study program d. Local bank loans to individuals 50. _____ is an international agenda for reducing poverty and improving the lives of people whose incomes are lower than the poverty line. a. The Affordable Care Act b. The set of Sustainable Development Goals c. The World United d. Occupy Wall Street 51. Which of these myths about welfare in the United States is countered by the requirement that adults must meet strict work requirements? a. People who receive welfare are lazy, have no work ethic, and prefer a free ride on welfare rather than work. b. Fraud and abuse are rampant in the welfare system. c. Welfare benefits are granted to many people who are not really poor or eligible to receive them. d. Welfare makes people dependent on the government and prevents them from becoming contributing citizens. 52. Who is most likely to live below the poverty line in the United States? a. A White male b. A White female c. A Black female d. A Black male 53. Dr. Dobbins argues that the words we use, such as "welfare," influence how we feel about people receiving assistance. Dr. Dobbins is a a. structural functionalist. b. conflict theorist. c. symbolic interactionist. d. postmodernist.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 54. Head Start and Early Head Start are _____ assistance programs. a. food b. educational c. job training d. housing 55. According to modern conflict theorists, the power to influence economic outcomes in a society comes from a. advertising. b. ownership of the means of production. c. hard work and determination. d. royalty. 56. Which evidence counters the myth that fraud and abuse are rampant in the welfare system? a. Many families who receive TANF benefits have employment earnings. b. The vast majority of improper payments occur as a result of bureaucratic error. c. Some individuals who are eligible for public assistance do not receive it because it is not available. d. Welfare programs have restrictive requirements and limits on their use. 57. The majority of the people living in extreme poverty live in a. sub-Saharan Africa or South Asia. b. the Middle East or Western Europe. c. South America or North America. d. Eastern Europe or North Africa. 58. What is a likely consequence of economic inequality? a. The local economy grows because the wealthy invest. b. Wages increase for the lower class because the wealthy can afford the increases. c. Wealth "trickles down" to the middle class. d. The local economy suffers because the wealthy spend elsewhere. 59. Which of the following statements best describes the wealth distribution in the world? a. The richest half of the population owns half of the wealth. b. The richest 1 percent owns more than half of the world's wealth. c. It takes 1 million dollars to count among the wealthiest half of the world's population. d. We have no way of knowing how wealth is distributed in the world. 60. The U.S. poverty line is calculated as a. the average cost of food, shelter, and transportation. b. two times the average cost of food and shelter. c. three times the minimum cost of an adequate diet. d. four times the average cost of an adequate diet.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 61. According to the textbook, which of these is an explanation of poverty passed down to the next generation? a. A decline in the availability of marriageable females b. A relative lack of family and educational values among inner-city mothers c. A decrease in births among unmarried parents d. The movement of well-paid jobs out of urban areas 62. Supplemental Security Income provides a minimum income to a. mothers under the age of 18. b. families of the imprisoned. c. recent immigrants. d. the disabled. 63. Poverty levels in the United States are calculated based on the a. number of adults in a family. b. region of the United States. c. education of the adults. d. health care costs of the family. 64. In Denmark and the United States, support for social welfare programs varied based on whether respondents felt people whose incomes are below the poverty line were seen as lazy or unlucky. Which of the following perspectives is most likely to support this view? a. Structural functionalism b. Conflict theory c. Symbolic interactionism d. Feminist theory 65. Which of the following perspectives are most likely to argue that physicians should be paid higher than most occupations because their job is more important than most and requires so much education and training? a. Structural functionalism b. Conflict theory c. Symbolic interactionism d. Feminist theory 66. _____ households are defined as households with incomes that are between 100 and 200 percent of the federal poverty line. a. Desperate b. Underclass c. Low-income d. Middle-class

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 67. "Wealthfare" refers to a. favors for the rich in the form of government policies. b. low-interest loans to people near the poverty line. c. low-interest subsidies to apartment complexes that rent to people whose incomes are below the poverty line. d. government programs that provide food, health care, and minimal monthly incomes to people whose incomes are below the poverty line.

68. A social system in which individuals get ahead and earn rewards based on their individual efforts and abilities is a a. meritocracy. b. plutocracy. c. theocracy. d. gerontocracy. 69. Parents whose incomes are below the poverty line are a. more likely to use harsh disciplinary techniques than nonpoor parents. b. less likely to leave children home without adult supervision than nonpoor working parents. c. as nurturing and supportive of their children as nonpoor parents. d. as likely to provide medical care for their children as nonpoor parents. 70. _____ poverty is usually set at $1.25 a day or less. a. Extreme b. Absolute c. Relative d. Reduced 71. _____ is a refundable tax credit based on a working family's income and the number of children. a. SNAP b. EITC c. AFDC d. FDIC 72. In which region of the United States are poverty rates the highest? a. The South and West b. The Northeast c. The Midwest d. The New England states 73. Bonnie lives in a small one-room apartment and is able to afford only the necessities. Bonnie lives a. in absolute poverty. b. in extreme poverty. c. in relative poverty. d. with restricted assets. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 74. Which of the following represents a positive function of poverty? a. The people whose incomes are below the poverty line will take up unpleasant jobs. b. The people whose incomes are below the poverty line can receive welfare. c. The people whose incomes are below the poverty line usually get enough to eat. d. The people whose incomes are below the poverty line often violate the law. 75. According to the textbook, what is the best insurance against living in poverty? a. A family structure b. Educational attainment c. Hard work d. The number of children 76. The largest food assistance program in the United States is now called a. food stamps. b. school lunch and breakfast programs. c. the Special Supplemental Food Program for Women, Infants, and Children (WIC). d. Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program. 77. _____ refer to programs that have eligibility requirements based on income. a. Safety net programs b. Minimum wage programs c. Economic scholarships d. Means-tested programs 78. Which term refers to the total assets of an individual or household minus liabilities? a. Income b. Gross income per capita c. Standard of living d. Wealth 79. The purpose of the Sustainable Development Goals pledged by 191 United Nations member countries is to reduce a. the number of people who receive government assistance. b. worldwide population growth. c. economic inequality. d. the number of the world's orphaned children who lack adult caretakers. 80. Americans living in households with income below 50 percent of the poverty line are considered to be in a. challenging poverty. b. lower poverty. c. multidimensional poverty. d. deep poverty.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 81. After two years of receiving benefits, adult recipients of the federal cash assistance program a. must be either employed or involved in work-related activities, such as on-the-job training, job search, and vocational education.

b. are completely cut off from assistance. c. revert to the AFDC program. d. are declared permanently on government assistance. 82. Which of the following is included in the official poverty calculations? a. The tax burdens of low-income families b. The federal earned income tax credit that many families receive c. Family assets, such as savings and property d. Pretax income 83. Which of the following is a "means-tested program"? a. Government public assistance programs for people whose incomes are below the poverty line b. State achievement tests to graduate high school c. Subprime mortgage d. Prison 84. The poverty line is considered to be a(n) _____ standard. a. local b. state c. federal d. international 85. What is the connection between poverty and the U.S. legal system? a. People whose incomes are below the poverty line are likely to use the best attorneys with the most resources at the taxpayers' expense.

b. Defendants whose incomes are below the poverty line do not have to accept plea bargains because their attorneys are provided for them.

c. Public defender offices suffer from a lack of money and too much work. d. The law ensures equality in the justice system. 86. Microcredit programs a. provide loans to people who generally cannot get traditional credit. b. require an applicant to provide a 20 percent minimum capital investment and have good credit. c. offer World Bank loans to large capital investors who agree to establish manufacturing industries in developing countries.

d. do not require repayment of loans if the recipients establish businesses in low-income areas. 87. Research findings show that businesses that pay their employees a living wage have a. a higher worker turnover. b. higher training costs. c. lower productivity. d. a stronger consumer market. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 88. Who is most likely to own a home? a. The Johnson family, a Black family b. The Velasquez family, a Hispanic family c. The Emerson family, a White family d. The Jim family, a Native American family 89. Many people whose incomes are below the poverty line feel powerless and unable to influence decisions in the larger society. This reflects a sense of a. anomie. b. political alienation. c. the standardization of poverty. d. ideological suffrage. 90. The wide gap that divides the rich and the people who live in poverty, which includes both income and wealth, is referred to as a. life inequality. b. economic inequality. c. political inequality. d. pay inequality. 91. A nation controlled by those with the most resources is called a. a meritocracy. b. a theocracy. c. a plutocracy. d. capitalist. 92. Which sociological perspective is most likely to focus on the labels attached to different groups of people based on their socioeconomic position? a. Structural functionalism b. Conflict theory c. Symbolic interactionism d. Feminist theory 93. Divorce is a. more common among low-income families. b. more common among high-income families. c. about the same in high-income and low-income families. d. unaffected by economic conditions.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 94. Lauri and Ben both work full time, but their annual income is just above the poverty line. They represent those considered as a. median income poor. b. income challenged. c. near-poor. d. relatively poor. 95. Frank's employer refused to pay overtime but still required him to work more than 40 hours per week. The employer committed a. robbery. b. reverse credit. c. wage theft. d. no violation of the law. 96. Most TANF recipients are a. elderly. b. disabled. c. immigrants. d. children. 97. In industrialized countries, national poverty lines are sometimes based on the median household income of a country's population. According to this _____ poverty measure, members of a household are considered poor if their household income is less than 50 percent of the median household income in that country. a. standardized b. absolute c. comparative d. relative 98. In 2019, the average household income for Whites was _____ the average for Black households. a. slightly less than b. about equal to c. slightly more than d. about twice 99. A benefit of the "living wage law" is an a. increase in worker morale and productivity. b. increase in worker turnover. c. increase in worker training costs. d. increase in worker absenteeism.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 100. As companies relocate to poor countries with abundant supplies of cheap labor, wages decline and a. consumer spending decreases. b. quality of life increases. c. more industries grow and prosper. d. unemployment rates decrease. 101. Section 8 housing a. builds new houses for low-income families. b. attempts to disperse low-income families to properties outside low-income neighborhoods. c. includes federal rent subsidies to tenants, not landlords. d. is currently adequate to meet the needs of low-income families but is projected to fail to meet future needs. 102. A criticism of the poverty line is that it underestimates hardship that is a. social. b. spiritual. c. physical. d. material. 103. Which of the following statements is true? a. States decide who is eligible for Medicaid. b. All people below the federal poverty line are automatically eligible for Medicaid. c. Eligibility for cash assistance automatically conveys eligibility for Medicaid. d. Medicaid is a private program while Medicare is a government program. 104. Areas of poverty and poor housing are called a. neighborhoods. b. slums. c. suburbs. d. exurbs. 105. Most Section 8 housing is in low-income areas because of a. local legal restrictions. b. the higher cost of construction in middle-class areas. c. opposition by residents in middle-class neighborhoods. d. the higher cost of existing dwellings in middle-class areas. 106. Poorer countries are more likely than wealthier countries to a. promote equality of opportunity. b. ensure equal access to education. c. experience civil war. d. have government programs to help people experiencing homelessness.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 107. The Occupy Wall Street movement often refers to the "99 percent" meaning a. regular hardworking Americans. b. the majority of people in Congress. c. that most of our income should go untaxed. d. the vast majority of people in banking and finance are criminals. 108. The term "_____" refers to the lack of resources that leads to hunger and physical deprivation. a. socioeconomic inequality b. absolute poverty c. lower class d. relative poverty 109. How many children live in poverty in the United States? a. One in five children b. One in ten children c. One in two children d. None 110. Individuals who spend at least 27 weeks per year in the labor force but whose income falls below the official poverty level are called a. the working poor. b. the near-poor. c. the underemployed. d. the living waged. 111. Which of the following tax reforms on the wealthy would help reduce economic inequality? a. Itemized deductions are expanded for the wealthy. b. The capital gains taxes are lowered. c. The current taxes for the wealthy already reduce economic inequality. d. A surge in pricing for estate and gift taxes is introduced. 112. Exceptions to the eligibility rules to receive TANF include a. recent immigration. b. single parents of children under the age of 18. c. victims of domestic violence. d. residents of low unemployment areas. 113. The terms "Temporary" and "Supplemental" in the titles of welfare programs counter the myth that a. immigrants place a huge burden on our welfare system. b. welfare benefits are granted to many people who are not really poor or eligible to receive them. c. welfare makes people dependent on the government and prevents them from becoming contributing citizens. d. fraud and abuse are rampant in the welfare system.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 114. Critics of the U.S. poverty line argue that a. low-income families today spend far less than one-third of their income on food. b. the U.S. poverty line accounts too much for regional differences and not enough for local variations in the cost of living.

c. the homeless are overrepresented among the poor. d. Medicaid and public housing are inappropriately included in the income estimates of a family. 115. The largest percentage of people experiencing homelessness are a. elderly men. b. families with children. c. veterans. d. teenage runaways. 116. How is the official U.S. poverty line calculated?

117. What are the federal requirements to receive Temporary Assistance for Needy Families?

118. How does the United States compare to other developed countries of the world in terms of the degree of inequality and poverty within the country?

119. List and explain four welfare myths and their realities.

120. How do conflict theorists explain economic inequality in modern society?

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 121. Describe how tax reform could reduce the gap between the top and the bottom of the economic system.

122. Using information from the textbook, discuss why we should try to reduce economic inequality and poverty.

123. In what ways are people whose income is below the poverty line disadvantaged in the U.S. legal system?

124. Explain how the U.S. poverty line is calculated and describe the criticisms of this calculation.

125. Why are racial/ethnic minorities in the United States more likely to be poor than non-Hispanic Whites?

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e Answer Key 1. False 2. False 3. True 4. True 5. False 6. True 7. True 8. False 9. True 10. True 11. False 12. True 13. False 14. True 15. False 16. False 17. True 18. False 19. False 20. False 21. False 22. d 23. b 24. d 25. c 26. d

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 27. c 28. c 29. a 30. a 31. b 32. a 33. b 34. c 35. b 36. a 37. a 38. b 39. a 40. a 41. c 42. a 43. c 44. d 45. b 46. c 47. d 48. c 49. c 50. b 51. a 52. c 53. c 54. b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 55. b 56. b 57. a 58. d 59. b 60. c 61. d 62. d 63. a 64. c 65. a 66. c 67. a 68. a 69. a 70. a 71. b 72. a 73. c 74. a 75. b 76. d 77. d 78. d 79. c 80. d 81. a 82. d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 83. a 84. c 85. c 86. a 87. d 88. a 89. b 90. b 91. c 92. c 93. a 94. c 95. c 96. d 97. d 98. d 99. a 100. a 101. b 102. d 103. a 104. b 105. c 106. c 107. a 108. b 109. a 110. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 06_11e 111. d 112. c 113. c 114. a 115. b 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. Structural functionalism focuses on how changes in the economy impact other parts of society. a. True b. False 2. The United States has a socialist economy. a. True b. False 3. The conflict perspective suggests that the government caters to the interests of big business. a. True b. False 4. International trade agreements supersede the U.S. Constitution. a. True b. False 5. In the European Union countries, workers receive at least four weeks of vacation each year. a. True b. False 6. The highest rates of workplace fatalities occur in agriculture. a. True b. False 7. The savings that transnational corporations reap from cheap labor abroad have been passed on to consumers in the form of lower prices. a. True b. False 8. Communism is an economic system characterized by private ownership. a. True b. False 9. The Family and Medical Leave Act guarantees most workers 12 weeks of paid leave for personal illness, birth, or adoption. a. True b. False 10. Free trade agreements refer to agreements between countries. a. True b. False

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 11. The conflict perspective focuses on the importance of words, such as socialism or capitalism. a. True b. False 12. The WTO oversees worker safety in the United States. a. True b. False 13. On December 10, 1948, the United States adopted and proclaimed the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, which states that "everyone has a right to work, to free choice of employment, to just and favorable conditions of work and to protection against unemployment." a. True b. False 14. Free trade agreements tend to benefit large corporations more than small businesses. a. True b. False 15. Full employment refers to a condition in society when the unemployment rate is below 5 percent. a. True b. False 16. NAFTA has resulted in a net decrease in U.S. jobs. a. True b. False 17. People with lower levels of education are less likely than others to be unemployed. a. True b. False 18. Transnational corporations are also known as multinational corporations. a. True b. False 19. Rates of unemployment are higher among racial and ethnic minorities than among Whites. a. True b. False 20. Socialism is the same as communism. a. True b. False

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 21. Capitalism focuses on a. the collective good. b. individual ownership and profit. c. the equal distribution of profits. d. government ownership of the means of production. 22. Corporations with global reach and international supply chains are often able to skirt around anti-sweatshop policies through layers of a. lobbyists. b. employees. c. subcontractors. d. lawyers. 23. Free trade agreements a. increase foreign restrictions on exports. b. make it easier to trade goods across national boundaries. c. increase tariffs on imported goods. d. allow competitors to copy or use U.S. technology. 24. Behavior-based safety programs a. are government-sponsored programs to determine how businesses can better design their workplaces to eliminate occupational injuries.

b. focus on changing the behavior of employees and managers. c. have determined that it is primarily workplace conditions, not workers' behaviors, that cause accidents. d. have determined that chronic work-related disorders or illnesses are best treated by putting the worker in a less physically demanding job.

25. The _____ perspective analyzes the relationship between economic development and life expectancy. a. symbolic interactionist b. conflict c. structural-functionalist d. postmodern 26. The structural-functionalist perspective argues that the economic institution a. creates inequality between groups, which contributes to hostility and social instability. b. contributes to social stability by providing basic survival needs. c. plays a central role in individuals' identities. d. has little impact on individuals' daily lives.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 27. The 1935 National Labor Relations Act, which guarantees the right to unionize, to bargain collectively, and to strike, excludes a. truck drivers. b. hotel workers. c. independent contractors. d. manufacturing jobs. 28. In 2011, Governor Scott Walker of Wisconsin gained national attention when he signed legislation a. prohibiting collective bargaining by most public workers. b. giving women paid maternity leave. c. extending the Family and Medical Leave Act leave period by two months. d. prohibiting child labor in agriculture. 29. The components of alienation include a. slavery. b. lack of education. c. health concerns. d. unclear or conflicting workplace norms. 30. Which type of climate influences the establishment and enforcement of labor laws? a. Political b. Cultural c. Educational d. Religious 31. "Corporatocracy" refers to a. the power of mass media corporations to influence the opinions of people. b. the large amounts of wealth controlled by economic corporations. c. the dominance of an economy by transnational corporations. d. a government that serves big business. 32. Jerry was laid off from his job when he was replaced, in part, by a 3-D printer. Jerry is a victim of a. offshoring. b. automation. c. worker transition. d. recession. 33. Structural functionalists would call the economic institution _____ when it fails to provide members with the goods and services they need. a. dysfunctional b. functional c. latently functional d. exploited Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 34. McDonaldization in the workplace is most likely to produce a. close friends. b. job satisfaction. c. feelings of alienation. d. creativity. 35. Children working in agriculture in the United States are most at risk of a. exposure to chemicals. b. working illegally if they are under the age of 16. c. sexually transmitted diseases. d. eye strain. 36. In general, the job prospects for recent college grads are a. not as good as they have been in the past. b. better than ever. c. good for women, but not for men. d. not going to improve. 37. On a global scale, the policies of the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank a. increase local consumption in a country, instead of exportation of their products. b. are designed to protect natural resources, such as forests and minerals. c. reduce exploitation of labor by foreign corporations. d. pressure the developing countries to serve foreign investors at the expense of the local economy. 38. The most common job-related fatality involves a. animal processing. b. chemical burns. c. transportation accidents. d. cuts and lacerations. 39. The most common form of forced labor today is a. legal ownership. b. bonded slavery. c. kidnapping. d. exchange of work for food and shelter. 40. Which of the following is characteristic of capitalism? a. Social welfare assistance programs b. Economic motivation through concern for others c. Determination of prices and wages through supply and demand d. Government intervention in the economy

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 41. Governments in developing countries fear that the strict enforcement of workplace regulations will discourage a. trade. b. licensing. c. foreign investment. d. tourism. 42. Which of the following has changed union density in recent decades? a. The growth of manufacturing jobs b. Globalization c. Corporate increases of wages and benefits for nonunion employees d. The growth of benefits packages because of industry competition 43. Which presidential administration rolled back "job-killing" mining regulations for the coal industry? a. The Biden administration b. The Obama administration c. The Trump administration d. The Bush administration 44. Kendra worked in a library in Missouri processing books and getting them ready for the shelves. Her work was recently taken over by a firm in India. Kendra is a victim of a. offshoring. b. recession. c. automation. d. worker transition. 45. In the United States, which individuals typically argue that initiatives to strengthen workplace health and safety result in excessive regulation that is burdensome? a. Politicians b. Educators c. Activists d. Employees 46. The emergence of the global economy spawned as a result of innovations in the fields of a. communications and information technology. b. architecture and engineering. c. community and social services. d. arts and entertainment. 47. Which of the following was cited in the textbook as a possible effect of unemployment? a. Decreased rates of substance abuse b. Decreased risks of child abuse c. Increased property values d. Increased rates of heart disease Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 48. The _____ was created in 1970 to develop, monitor, and enforce health and safety regulations in the workplace. a. OECD b. GATT c. NAFTA d. OSHA 49. Financial crises like the Great Recession and the COVID-19 pandemic illustrate the globalization of the a. transnational corporation. b. worker cooperative. c. labor union. d. economic institution. 50. For many, occupation represents a(n) _____, the most significant status in a person's social identity. a. ego status b. master status c. work status d. power status 51. The Victims of Trafficking and Violence Protection Act, passed by Congress in 2000, a. allows slaveholders to be fined, but not imprisoned, for forcing someone to work. b. protects slaves against deportation if they testify against their former owners. c. protects women victims in the sex industry but does not help male victims of slavery. d. requires immigrant slaves to be returned to their homeland, if they are caught in the United States. 52. Free trade agreements have as one of their goals a. the protection of intellectual property rights. b. higher prices for consumers. c. increased tax revenues. d. the elimination of U.S. jobs. 53. Which of these best characterizes the Great Recession? a. Widespread home foreclosures b. The rise of the banking industry c. Low levels of unemployment d. The increase in global trade 54. Which of the following was cited in the textbook as a major cause of unemployment? a. Laziness b. Welfare dependency c. A large number of immigrants d. Corporate downsizing

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 55. Barry lost his job over a year ago and has not been able to find another. He is categorized as part of the a. long-term unemployed. b. outsourced. c. labor movement. d. permanently jobless. 56. The 1998 Workforce Investment Act provides for a. deporting foreign workers. b. training and hiring children. c. career counseling. d. temporary employment. 57. In which country did the Great Recession crisis originate? a. Norway b. China c. The United States d. Canada 58. Transnational corporations contribute to a. the trade deficit. b. balancing of the national budget. c. lower consumer prices. d. decreased military spending. 59. Critics of behavioral-based safety programs say that the real goal of these programs is to a. discourage workers from reporting illnesses and injuries. b. encourage workers to retire early. c. protect businesses from costly lawsuits. d. weaken the power of the unions. 60. The percentage of workers who belong to a union is measured as a. union density. b. labor force participation. c. labor enrollment. d. union control rates. 61. The organization currently overseeing the multilateral trading system throughout the world is the a. World Trade Organization (WTO). b. General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT). c. North Atlantic Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). d. European Union (EU).

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 62. Imelda lost her job and has given up looking for a new one. She is considered a. unemployed. b. underemployed. c. marginally attached to the workforce. d. a seasonal worker. 63. Elements of socialism in the United States include a. police and fire protection for all. b. a competitive market. c. determination of prices by supply and demand. d. state ownership of the factories. 64. McDonaldization refers to the process by which a. the McDonald's restaurant chain has spread to countries outside the United States. b. the principles of McDonald's are being applied to more sectors of society. c. chain restaurants and stores, such as McDonald's and Walmart, are displacing smaller, independently owned enterprises in U.S. cities.

d. more and more consumers are eating at fast-food restaurants. 65. Measures of unemployment in the United States consider an individual to be unemployed if they meet certain criteria. Which of the following is a characteristic of those considered unemployed? a. Wanting to work more hours per week b. Actively seeking employment c. Discouraged and no longer looking for work d. Employed but wanting a better job 66. Union density in the United States has a. increased in recent years. b. declined in recent decades. c. remained unchanged since the 1930s. d. evaporated since unions are no longer legal. 67. Industry groups and politicians both argue that regulation that is excessive can a. increase investments. b. hurt job creation. c. save lives. d. protect employees. 68. Offshoring refers to a. the merging of two or more corporations. b. the exportation of jobs. c. decreased profit margins of corporations. d. cuts in employees' salaries and/or benefits. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 69. The textbook suggests that the most effective strategy against sweatshop working conditions is a. activism. b. legislation. c. student petitions. d. religious leaders speaking out. 70. Which of these factors leaves most workers powerless to improve their working conditions? a. Fear of losing their jobs or lives b. High unionization rates c. Stringent labor laws d. Global standards 71. According to the "economic hit man" cited in the textbook, huge loans to poor countries benefit _____ the least. a. the poor masses of the indebted country b. the wealthy of the poor country c. the large U.S. corporations d. the U.S. government 72. Global economic crises like the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the Great Recession have reignited the debate between those who support and oppose a. fascism. b. socialism. c. capitalism. d. communism. 73. _____ is an economic system in which the means of production are collectively owned. a. Capitalism b. Oligarchy c. Socialism d. Totalitarianism 74. Automation a. leads to relocation of jobs to other countries where products can be made more cheaply. b. replaces human labor with animal labor. c. occurs when machinery and equipment take the place of humans. d. contributes to underemployment but not unemployment. 75. Which theoretical perspective sees the ruling class as controlling the economic system and oppressing the working masses? a. Structural-functionalist b. Conflict c. Social exchange d. Symbolic interactionist Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 76. Socialism is more likely than capitalism to emphasize a. social equality. b. private ownership. c. capital investment. d. individual freedom. 77. Which theoretical perspective is most concerned with the imbalance in economic power? a. Symbolic interactionism b. Structural functionalism c. Conflict theory d. Postmodernism 78. What is the most common type of nonfatal workplace injury? a. Respiratory illness b. Repetitive motion injuries c. Skin disorders d. Poisoning 79. Sarai works with other women from her village making jewelry that is sold on the Internet. She and her fellow workers make their own decisions and control the process. Sarai works a. in a multinational corporation. b. as a flextime counsel. c. in a worker cooperative. d. in an employee enterprise. 80. Most forced workers work in agriculture, mining, and a. high-tech industries. b. prostitution. c. eldercare. d. childcare. 81. Slaves in the United States are most likely to be used in a. transportation. b. domestic work. c. food-service jobs. d. automobile assembly lines. 82. Which principle of McDonaldization identified by Ritzer is illustrated by a retail store worker reciting a script when interacting with customers? a. Priority on quality b. Efficiency c. Calculability d. Predictability Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 83. Widespread "sweatshop-like" conditions are found among a. fast-food restaurants. b. childcare workers. c. hospital workers. d. garment workers. 84. Which of these triggered a global financial crisis in 2020? a. The European debt crisis b. The COVID-19 pandemic c. The stock market crash d. The September 11 terrorist attacks 85. The most dangerous form of child labor in the United States is a. childcare. b. farmwork. c. entertainment. d. food service. 86. In _____, slaves are considered property and can be bought and sold. a. bonded labor b. migrant work c. chattel slavery d. insourcing 87. Which industry can legally employ children as young as 12 in the United States? a. Food-service b. Agriculture c. Manufacturing d. Garment 88. _____ of the jobs in the United States require only a high school diploma or less. a. Less than 10 percent b. About one quarter c. A little more than a third d. More than two-thirds 89. The U.S. economic system is a _____ system, in which private individuals and groups invest and attempt to make a profit in a competitive market. a. capitalist b. socialist c. fascist d. communist

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 90. According to measures of employment in the United States, who among the following would be considered unemployed? a. A mother who chooses to stay home with her children b. A person laid off from a job because of corporate downsizing c. A prisoner d. A real estate agent who hasn't sold a house in six months 91. Another term for slavery is a. forced labor. b. domestic labor. c. sweatshop labor. d. unpaid labor. 92. In _____, members participate in making workplace policies and decisions. a. worker cooperatives b. proletariat enterprises c. chattel organizations d. corp collectives 93. The highest number of victims of forced sex labor are found in a. South Asia. b. Africa. c. North America. d. South America. 94. An interconnected network of economic activity extending around the world and transcending national borders is a a. global economy. b. transnational economic structure. c. postindustrial economy. d. transnational corporation. 95. Which of the following generally describes the trends with regard to trade unions around the world? a. Unions are generally outlawed throughout the world. b. Union intimidation is largely a thing of the past. c. About half of the world's workforce lives in countries that have not ratified the Convention on the Right to Organise and Collective Bargaining.

d. Things have gotten better since all countries ratified the Convention on the Right to Organise and Collective Bargaining.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 96. Compared to slaves in the past, modern slaves today are a. more likely to be treated well because the world has become more humane. b. more likely to be controlled by violence, the threat of violence, and/or debt. c. more valuable, which gives the slaveholder incentive to provide a reasonable standard of care. d. more educated and better able to defend themselves against unscrupulous slaveholders. 97. Sweatshops are characterized by a. worker organizations. b. humane working conditions. c. better than average wage pay. d. excessively long hours of work. 98. Which sector triggered the Great Recession because of years of risky investments? a. Health care b. Banking c. Agriculture d. Energy 99. The period of global financial crisis that lasted from 2007 to 2009 is referred to as the a. Great Depression. b. Great Recession. c. Great Downfall. d. Great Crash. 100. A significant decline in economic activity spread across the economy and lasting for at least six months is a a. catastrophe. b. recession. c. boom. d. latent function. 101. Free trade agreements include the goal of a. increasing foreign restrictions on exports. b. preventing technology from being copied. c. collecting taxes on imported goods. d. forcing the United States to abide by stricter environmental regulations than other countries. 102. _____ refers to the structure and means by which a society produces, distributes, and consumes goods and services. a. Ergonomics b. The transnational corporation c. The economic institution d. Corporatocracy

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 103. When transnational corporations fail to update labor laws to reflect changes in the broader society and economy, the power imbalance leads to a. policy drift. b. activism. c. legislation. d. union density. 104. "Alienation" in industrialized societies is often caused by a. a high degree of division of labor. b. a lack of sufficient knowledge or training for one's job. c. dislike of fellow employees. d. unreasonable expectations of employers. 105. Which of the following refers to job burnout? a. A long-lasting strain that results in health problems b. The movement of jobs from the United States to other countries c. The replacement of human labor with technology d. The lack of highly skilled labor in developing countries 106. Aaron feels powerless and estranged from his work in a meatpacking plant. Marx would call this a. alienation. b. a toxic workplace. c. anomie. d. labor-induced trauma. 107. Critics of capitalism argue that it leads to a. too much government control. b. inequality and depletion of resources. c. reduced work incentives and technological development. d. competition, which keeps prices low. 108. The 1993 _____ requires all companies with 50 or more employees to provide each worker (who works at least 25 hours a week and has been working for at least a year) with up to 12 weeks of job-protected unpaid leave for reasons of family illness, birth, or adoption of a child. a. Family Friendly Work Act b. Family and Medical Leave Act c. Jones v. Kelly court decision d. Global Jobs Pact

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 109. _____ have the flexibility to shift production sites when local labor policies prove unfavorable to their profits. a. National governments b. Multinational companies c. International governments d. Transnational corporations 110. NAFTA (North American Free Trade Agreement) contributed to a. greater equality in incomes within the United States and Mexico. b. putting Mexican corn farmers out of business. c. a decrease in imports to the United States from Mexico and Canada. d. more jobs for both American and Mexican workers. 111. _____ are corporations that have their home based in one country and affiliates in other countries. a. Transnational corporations b. Global superpowers c. Free trade agreements d. GATTs 112. The symbolic interactionist perspective of work and unemployment is most likely to be concerned with explaining a. inequalities in income among workers. b. how work gives meaning and self-worth to the individual. c. the importance of a person's occupation to family well-being. d. the power of large corporations in modern society. 113. _____ is a practice in which a business subcontracts with a third party to provide business services. a. Automation b. Recession c. Job priming d. Outsourcing 114. When President Trump made rule changes to regulations affecting the coal industry, which of these phrases was removed from the language of the regulation that specifies who should be involved in conducting safety inspections? a. "Smart person" b. "Capable person" c. "Competent person" d. "Intelligent person"

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 115. Transnational corporations a. help the United States to compete in the global economy. b. help reduce the U.S. trade deficit. c. decrease U.S. unemployment. d. decrease the U.S. budget deficit. 116. Describe the working conditions in sweatshops.

117. How is capitalism different from socialism?

118. What do we mean by the term "global economy"?

119. Describe the forms of forced labor or slavery in the United States and around the world.

120. Describe the current practice of slavery in the world.

121. Describe the likely effects of long-term job stress.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 122. How does the United States compare to other countries in terms of rights for workers?

123. What are the positive and negative consequences of the growth of transnational corporations?

124. Describe what happened to the global economy in the recent recession.

125. Compare and contrast structural-functionalist and conflict perspectives of work and the economy.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e Answer Key 1. True 2. False 3. True 4. True 5. True 6. False 7. False 8. False 9. False 10. True 11. False 12. False 13. False 14. True 15. True 16. True 17. False 18. True 19. True 20. False 21. b 22. c 23. b 24. b 25. c 26. b

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 27. c 28. a 29. d 30. a 31. d 32. b 33. a 34. c 35. a 36. a 37. d 38. c 39. b 40. c 41. c 42. b 43. c 44. a 45. a 46. a 47. d 48. d 49. d 50. b 51. b 52. a 53. a 54. d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 55. a 56. c 57. c 58. a 59. a 60. a 61. a 62. c 63. a 64. b 65. b 66. b 67. b 68. b 69. b 70. a 71. a 72. c 73. c 74. c 75. b 76. a 77. c 78. b 79. c 80. b 81. b 82. d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 83. d 84. b 85. b 86. a 87. b 88. c 89. a 90. b 91. a 92. a 93. a 94. a 95. c 96. b 97. d 98. b 99. b 100. b 101. b 102. c 103. a 104. a 105. a 106. a 107. b 108. b 109. d 110. b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 07_11e 111. a 112. b 113. d 114. c 115. a 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. The Common Core standards are designed to achieve consistency in academic standards across the world. a. True b. False 2. Well over half of American adults report that they were bullied in school. a. True b. False 3. Some U.S. schools are in such poor condition that they negatively impact the health of students and teachers. a. True b. False 4. The Supreme Court ruling Brown v. Board of Education resulted in the elimination of affirmative action policies. a. True b. False 5. GED certification allows people with less than a high school education to complete their high school requirements. a. True b. False 6. Teacher turnover is higher in low-income districts. a. True b. False 7. All societies in the world today have a formal mechanism for educating the masses. a. True b. False 8. There was a time in history when U.S. colleges accepted only male students. a. True b. False 9. In general, education rates are rising throughout the world. a. True b. False 10. Standardized tests are generally biased in favor of White middle-class culture. a. True b. False

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 11. The conflict perspective is the theoretical view most likely to study teacher–student interactions. a. True b. False 12. Many colleges and universities decided to lay off employees prior to the 2020–2021 academic year in anticipation of lost tuition dollars as a result of many students choosing to postpone college. a. True b. False 13. Cultural imperialism generally ignores the traditions of underrepresented groups. a. True b. False 14. Nearly twice as many men as women in the United States today have attained four years of college or more. a. True b. False 15. Most Black and Hispanic students in the United States today attend schools that are predominantly White. a. True b. False 16. Attending a desegregated school tends to have negative effects on the performance of White students. a. True b. False 17. All countries spend about the same amount of money per student. a. True b. False 18. U.S. students are consistently ranked at the top of international comparisons for student achievement. a. True b. False 19. Public schools in the United States are prohibited from maintaining integration by explicitly taking account of the student's race. a. True b. False 20. Most homicides involving teens take place within schools. a. True b. False 21. "Parent trigger laws" allow parents to provide their children with weapons to be used in self-defense. a. True b. False

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 22. A recent evaluation of charter schools found that a. charter schools lure top students away from traditional schools. b. charter school students are likely to drop out of the program. c. students who attend charter schools show higher achievement than students in traditional public schools. d. charter schools negatively impact school achievement at neighboring schools. 23. Conflict theorists argue that education is a mechanism for _____, which means the indoctrination into the dominant culture of a society. a. organizational structure b. accommodation c. cultural imperialism d. cultural competence 24. From teachers' point of view, middle-class children _____ compared to children from economically disadvantaged homes. a. are easy and fun to teach b. are too spoiled c. do not want to do their homework d. don't know how to work 25. Which of the following groups of people have a greater earnings premium? a. Liberals b. Men c. Young adults d. People without a college degree 26. Title IX aimed to a. eliminate athletic programs. b. end sex discrimination in granting admission to college. c. reward more financial aid to underrepresented groups than Whites. d. make common rules in dorms and other campus locations for men and women. 27. In which country is a college education fully paid for by the government? a. The United States b. Mexico c. Denmark d. China

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 28. _____ is education that includes all racial and ethnic groups in the school curriculum, thereby promoting awareness and appreciation for cultural diversity. a. Affirmative action b. Character education c. Multicultural education d. The voucher system 29. According to recent research, the gap in mathematics achievement between boys and girls can best be explained by a. hardwiring in the brain. b. the level of gender equity in society. c. how the students are treated by the teacher. d. the bias in standardized tests. 30. Which of these statements pertaining to the United States, a member of the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), is true? a. The education environment is highly competitive. b. Teachers with master's degrees have flexibility in the classroom. c. Recess for elementary school is not required. d. Standardized testing is the norm. 31. The United States ranks _____ Chile, Finland, Spain, and New Zealand in graduation rates. a. well above b. below c. the same as d. below for boys but above for girls when compared to 32. Which of the following sociological perspectives is more likely to emphasize the relationship between teacher approval/disapproval and class differences in the social and verbal skills students bring to the classroom? a. Structural functionalism b. Conflict theory c. Symbolic interactionism d. Feminist theory 33. School _____ are tax credits that are transferred to the public or private school the parents select for their child. a. charters b. common standards c. triggers d. vouchers

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 34. Which of the following did schools need increased funding for because of the COVID-19 pandemic? a. Staffing shortages b. Administrative purposes (i.e., billing and financing) c. Provision of computers and high-speed Internet for students d. School infrastructure and maintenance 35. The persistence of psychological trauma related to COVID-19 underscores the need for a. school-based mental health services. b. school disciplinary policies. c. adequate facilities. d. high educational achievement. 36. The functions of education include a. economic security. b. e-learning. c. custodial care. d. standardized testing. 37. Which of the following were charter schools designed to do? a. Expand schooling options and increase the quality of education through competition b. Provide educational opportunities to people who are below the poverty line in developing countries c. Enable older adults to return to school while maintaining their full-time jobs d. End busing 38. Higher rates of student crime victimization are associated with a. being White. b. going to a private school. c. being a woman. d. being non-White. 39. According to the textbook, the more education that people have, the greater the likelihood that they will a. achieve their lifelong dreams. b. be employed and have higher incomes. c. end up in a career they enjoy. d. accumulate student loan debt. 40. Most college graduates a. finish school in debt. b. are debt-free because their parents paid for their education. c. were financed by government programs that paid for their entire education. d. default on their education loans.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 41. Which students tend to have the lowest scores on standardized tests? a. Middle-class students b. Low-income students c. Children of wealthy parents d. There is no relationship between test scores and social class. 42. High rates of teacher turnover are a problem because a. new teachers tend to be less educated. b. there is too much change involved in educational reforms. c. it takes time and effort to replace teachers. d. older teachers tend to be burned out. 43. In 1833, Oberlin College in Ohio became the first college in the United States to admit women. At Oberlin, women students were a. given the same rights and responsibilities as male students. b. given the same rights as men except the women had to abide by curfews. c. required to wash male students' clothes, clean their rooms, and serve their meals. d. allowed to speak at public assemblies. 44. Conflict theorists agree with Kozol that "savage inequalities" in the American educational system a. exist in the power disparities between administrators and teachers. b. are illustrated by the lack of power of students in the school system. c. contribute to age grading and social promotions. d. perpetuate racial disparities. 45. The OECD report of educational statistics in more than 35 countries found that a. educational levels are decreasing. b. spending on education is generally consistent across countries. c. teacher salaries in the United States are among the highest in the world. d. there is a significant relationship between education and income and between education and employment. 46. In the last several decades, the U.S. status dropout rate a. has increased slightly. b. has increased dramatically, especially for females. c. remained stable. d. has significantly declined. 47. Community colleges a. are losing students because of the perception that they are a waste of money. b. are increasing in popularity because of their lower costs. c. tend to attract middle-class students more than others. d. are private for-profit institutions.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 48. Elena was an economically disadvantaged student. The teacher defined her as a slow learner and assigned her to a lower-ability group. Elena believed that her teacher did not expect her to perform as well as many of the other students; therefore, she performed at a lower level. This illustrates a. a self-fulfilling prophecy. b. the organization child. c. cultural imperialism. d. multicultural education. 49. Dropout rates are associated with a. decreased costs of public assistance. b. increased income and higher tax revenues. c. decreased costs of crime. d. increased costs of health care. 50. Which of these is a long-standing factor that resulted in low-income students being left behind despite school efforts to provide support during the COVID-19 pandemic? a. Curriculum change b. The digital divide c. Teacher shortages d. Education policies 51. Some argue that higher education perpetuates inequality because of the a. emphasis on community colleges. b. growth of for-profit institutions. c. increasing numbers of students receiving need-based loans. d. increased availability of education for everyone. 52. American public school parents identify _____ as the biggest problem in schools. a. financial support b. violence and crime c. bullying d. a lack of good teachers 53. Which of these is often cited by school principals as a barrier to adequate mental health services? a. The stigma associated with mental health b. Inadequate funding c. High turnover rate among counselors d. A lack of parental support

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 54. Which theoretical perspective is most likely to be concerned that soft drink companies get to sell their products in schools in exchange for grant money to the schools? a. Structural-functionalist b. Conflict c. Symbolic interactionist d. Social exchange 55. Which of the following is a function of the educational institution? a. Socializing children into the culture of society's elite b. Teaching children to question authority c. Sorting individuals into various statuses d. Providing individuals a belief system 56. Female students are more likely than male students to a. have learning disabilities. b. drop out or be expelled from school. c. be diagnosed with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. d. score high on reading tests. 57. Which theoretical perspective is most likely to be interested in teacher–student interactions? a. Structural-functionalist b. Conflict c. Symbolic interactionist d. Feminist 58. Which intergovernmental organization reports education statistics on more than 35 countries and publishes the Education at a Glance report? a. Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) b. World Trade Organization (WTO) c. United Nations (UN) d. International Monetary Fund (IMF) 59. Value-added measurement (VAM) is the use of student achievement data to a. measure student progress. b. compare student performance globally. c. measure teacher performance. d. determine teacher salaries. 60. Project Head Start provides children with an integrated program that includes a. college scholarships. b. health care. c. organized sports. d. financial planning. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 61. In which country would it take longer to recoup the initial investment of a college education? a. Finland b. Denmark c. The United States d. Norway 62. An imbalance of power that exists over a long period of time in which the more powerful intimidate or belittle others is known as a. bullying. b. stereotyping. c. segregation. d. initiation. 63. Financial support for education a. is the same for all students throughout the United States. b. varies significantly from state to state. c. is not a problem in the United States. d. comes entirely from the families of students. 64. What has happened to the practice of grouping students by ability? a. There has been a recent increase in ability grouping. b. Grouping by ability has been abandoned because of the potential negative effects on self-esteem. c. Grouping by ability has not changed much in the last 100 years. d. Girls are more likely than boys to be put in different ability groups. 65. The U.S. Supreme Court has recently ruled that public school systems a. should take into account the race or ethnicity of a student in order to achieve the integration of schools. b. cannot try to achieve or maintain integration by taking explicit account of a student's race. c. must ensure students have no right to their choice of schools; they must attend the school assigned to them by their district administrators.

d. must use busing, if necessary, to achieve race and ethnic integration of their schools. 66. Which teachers are more likely to be victimized in schools? a. Rural more than urban b. Elementary rather than high school c. Males more than females d. Private schools more than public 67. Character education involves a. teaching appropriate manners for various careers. b. developing self-esteem. c. developing caring, just, and responsible relationships. d. building patriotism. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 68. Compared to other school districts, low-income, high-minority school districts are more likely to a. have students who are taught by full-time teachers. b. assign teachers to areas outside their specialty. c. employ beginning teachers with more than three years of experience. d. spend more money per student. 69. Research shows that a. no relationship exists between the school environment and academic achievement and quality once the socioeconomic status is controlled.

b. the school environment impacts teachers but not students. c. the school environment impacts students but not teachers. d. the school environment impacts students, teachers, and staff. 70. Which of the following best describes the consequences of the U.S. system of decentralized funding? a. Local socioeconomic conditions impact the quality and amount of education. b. Cities are forced to share revenues to ensure equal opportunities. c. Districts in suburbs often have less funding because of the tax exemptions of their businesses. d. Racial diversity is maintained through neighborhood quotas. 71. There has been a reduction in mental health funding for teens and children during COVID-19. This is problematic because they struggle with all of the following except a. parental abuse/neglect. b. parental divorce. c. gender and sexual identity issues. d. peace in the community. 72. Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 states that no person shall be discriminated against on the basis of _____ in any educational program receiving federal funds. a. age b. sex c. race d. national origin 73. Proponents of voucher systems argue that vouchers a. create competition and enhance the quality of schooling. b. drain funds away from public schools. c. attract top students from public schools. d. increase segregation. 74. The common set of academic standards endorsed by the National Governors Association is known as the a. national curriculum. b. No Child Left Behind initiative. c. cross-state program. d. Common Core State Standards. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 75. Student differences on standardized tests are most affected by a. teacher quality. b. classroom size. c. family background. d. student effort. 76. Standardized tests are criticized a. because they are unreliable. b. because they favor minority students. c. for emphasizing thinking at the expense of learning. d. for being too objective. 77. The OECD reports that, in general, a. education levels are rising throughout the world. b. education levels are rising for women but not for men. c. the United States outperforms all other nations on all measures of educational achievement. d. illiteracy has been eliminated in the developing world. 78. Which of the following statements best describes the relationship between race/ethnicity and educational attainment? a. Although educational attainment has increased over time, racial disparities still exist. b. True equality has been obtained. c. Asian students face the most discrimination and have the lowest achievement. d. In comparison to Hispanics, Whites perform less effectively at nearly every level. 79. The self-fulfilling prophecy occurs when individuals a. are satisfied with their occupation. b. are satisfied with their family life. c. act like they are expected to act. d. rebel against the demands of authority figures. 80. What was found in the study of children who were randomly selected and identified as "spurters" of superior intelligence and academic ability? a. The students identified as spurters scored lower on IQ tests. b. The students identified as spurters made lower grades in the class. c. The teachers rated the students identified as spurters as more likely to succeed. d. The teachers rated the students identified as spurters as less happy and less likely to interact with their peers. 81. Laws designed to empower parents to make educational decisions for their children are called a. No Child Left Behind. b. the Common Core. c. parent trigger laws. d. parent vouchers. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 82. Critics of bilingual education argue that a. bilingual education limits minority students' participation in their own culture. b. it lowers the self-esteem of racial/ethnic minority students. c. it reduces the English language skills of underrepresented groups. d. it creates coalitions among the underrepresented groups. 83. Which statement is true about bullying? a. Boys are more likely than girls to be the victims of rumors. b. Boys are more likely than girls to bully by being physically aggressive. c. Being purposively excluded from activities does not count as being bullied. d. Girls are more likely than boys to be physically injured by bullying. 84. Teachers in poorer school districts are a. likely to reflect the diversity of their students. b. likely to be the most experienced teachers. c. the most effective teachers in the district. d. likely to be assigned outside their area of expertise. 85. Advocates for using socioeconomic or income-based integration rather than race-based integration argue that a. socioeconomic status more directly achieves the goal of racial integration by raising academic achievement. b. race has no bearing on academic achievement. c. the only way to achieve quality education for all racial and ethnic groups is to desegregate schools. d. attending a racially desegregated school negatively affects the academic achievement of White students. 86. Siobhan goes to school in a low-income neighborhood. Her teachers are likely to be a. hired in their area of expertise. b. beginning, rather than experienced. c. of her same race/ethnicity category. d. full-time rather than substitute teachers. 87. When cultural imperialism exists, the norms, values, traditions, and languages of minorities are a. often ignored in the school curriculum. b. integrated into the school curriculum along with aspects of the dominant culture. c. the predominant focus of the school curriculum. d. fostered by special classes, but not built into mainstream classrooms. 88. The classic study by Rosenthal (1968) in which some students were identified as "spurters" but actually were no different from the other students illustrates a. the integration hypothesis. b. cultural imperialism. c. social promotion. d. the self-fulfilling prophecy.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 89. _____ is an interstate agreement identifying academic standards. a. No Child Left Behind b. The Dream Act c. The Common Core d. Twenty-First-Century Students 90. Internet and technology problems among college students during the COVID-19 pandemic were common among low-income and _____ students. a. White b. Black c. Asian d. Hispanic 91. Conflict theorists argue that the socialization function of education is to a. indoctrinate students into a capitalist ideology. b. teach students about cultural diversity. c. foster the value of equality in American society. d. reduce delinquency among American youth. 92. Which of the following is associated with dropping out of high school? a. Lower income b. Lower stress level c. Lower likelihood of smoking d. Better health 93. Which of these is a characteristic of primary schools in Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD)-participating countries? a. They have gender-neutral bathrooms. b. They have no electricity. c. They have teachers that are not credentialed. d. They have drinking water. 94. Students in middle- and upper-income families are a. less likely to graduate from college. b. less likely to graduate from high school. c. less likely to enroll in advanced mathematics classes. d. more likely to attend college. 95. Who among the following is Project Head Start designed to help? a. Gifted and talented students b. Students with learning disabilities c. Preschool children from disadvantaged families d. Pregnant high school students Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 96. The status dropout rate refers to the percentage of a. elementary school students who drop out of school in a six-month period. b. high school students who drop out each year. c. students who drop out within four years of the time they enter high school. d. 16- to 24-year-olds that are not in school and have not earned a high school degree or its equivalent. 97. What has occurred in higher education in recent years? a. A significant increase in the number of tenured professors b. Fewer minority students c. Fewer support staff and more instructional staff d. More part-time instructors 98. The benefits of having a college degree compared to the cost of education is called the a. earnings premium. b. cost–benefit advantage. c. education bonus. d. educational elevation. 99. Which statement is correct regarding the relationship between minority status and educational attainment? a. Educational attainment has increased for all groups, but racial and ethnic disparities remain. b. Underrepresented groups are now succeeding at a higher rate than White non-Hispanics. c. Minority students are falling further and further behind in educational attainment. d. Racial and ethnic minority students are now graduating at the same rate as White non-Hispanics. 100. To maintain instruction during the COVID-19 pandemic, low-income countries relied heavily on _____ instruction. a. radio and television b. television and Internet c. Internet and in-person d. In-person and radio 101. When is the most likely time for a female college student to be sexually assaulted? a. Freshman and sophomore years b. Junior and senior years c. Graduate school d. There is no time more likely than others. 102. Minority students are hindered in their academic performance because a. standardized tests tend to be biased. b. they are not as smart as other students. c. school integration makes them uncomfortable. d. schools spend too much time on bilingual education.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 103. In 1954, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled in Brown v. Board of Education that segregated education was a. a matter for each individual state to decide. b. constitutional as long as all schools received equal funding. c. in the best interests of U.S. society. d. unequal and unconstitutional. 104. Which term refers to the established relationship between severe disciplinary practices, increased rates of dropping out, low academic achievement, and court or juvenile detention involvement? a. Bullying b. The school-to-prison pipeline c. Zero tolerance d. School time and jail time 105. A young female student was raped when she was very drunk at a college party. She is a victim of a. stranger rape. b. incapacitated assault. c. aggravated assault. d. drunken disorder. 106. Which of these best describes the impact that COVID-19 had on public schools in the United States as a result of the increase in unemployment and decrease in income and sales tax? a. Social b. Political c. Economic d. Cultural 107. According to the textbook, the relationship between race/ethnicity and educational achievement is largely due to the association between race/ethnicity and a. IQ. b. family structure. c. drug use. d. socioeconomic status. 108. Recent evidence suggests school segregation is a. increasing. b. decreasing. c. unchanged. d. more imagined than real.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 109. Assessments of Head Start and Early Head Start generally conclude that a. the programs are of little value. b. the programs benefit children, but the benefits may not last. c. the programs would be more effective if they only concentrated on education. d. parental involvement is unnecessary. 110. Jorge came to the United States with his parents when he was six years old. He does not speak English and would be classified in his school as a. an English language learner. b. hard of hearing. c. an individual with a learning disability. d. language challenged. 111. The most common crime committed against students is a. aggravated assault. b. theft. c. robbery. d. rape. 112. Which of the following did the "integration hypothesis" advocate? a. Desegregating schools through busing b. Increasing neighborhood diversity c. Putting affirmative action into place d. Eliminating private schools 113. Ms. Harper tries to understand and relate to the different cultures represented in her elementary school classroom. She demonstrates a. cultural imperialism. b. custodial care. c. the socialization function. d. cultural competence. 114. According to advocates of bilingual education, which of the following does it result in? a. Better academic performance of minority students b. Lower rates of teacher turnover c. Decreased school violence d. Savings in tax dollars spent on education 115. Who is more likely to be the victim of violence? a. Students who are away from school rather than at school b. Male students more than female students c. Older students rather than younger students d. Teachers more than students Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 116. What is bullying? What forms can it take?

117. How do schools in poorer, predominantly minority districts differ from schools in districts that serve predominantly White middle-class and upper-class families?

118. Describe the various forms of school choice programs, and explain the arguments for and against each type of program. Include a discussion of any research that supports either viewpoint.

119. Discuss at least three potential approaches to improving American education presented in the textbook.

120. Discuss at least three ways in which education varies around the world.

121. What factors besides socioeconomic status differences hurt the academic performance of race/ethnic minority students in America's schools?

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 122. How does the U.S. educational system and student achievement compare with that of other nations?

123. What are the means by which the educational system solidifies the social class positions of groups and allows the elite to control the masses, according to conflict theorists?

124. Discuss the role of community colleges in the American educational system.

125. What are the arguments that girls suffer discrimination in school? What are the arguments that it is boys, not girls, who have been left behind in school?

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e Answer Key 1. False 2. False 3. True 4. False 5. True 6. True 7. False 8. True 9. True 10. True 11. False 12. True 13. True 14. False 15. False 16. False 17. False 18. False 19. True 20. False 21. False 22. c 23. c 24. a 25. b 26. b

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 27. c 28. c 29. b 30. d 31. b 32. c 33. d 34. c 35. a 36. c 37. a 38. d 39. b 40. a 41. b 42. c 43. c 44. d 45. d 46. d 47. b 48. a 49. d 50. b 51. b 52. a 53. b 54. b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 55. c 56. d 57. c 58. a 59. c 60. b 61. c 62. a 63. b 64. a 65. b 66. b 67. c 68. b 69. d 70. a 71. d 72. b 73. a 74. d 75. c 76. a 77. a 78. a 79. c 80. c 81. c 82. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 83. b 84. d 85. a 86. b 87. a 88. d 89. c 90. d 91. a 92. a 93. b 94. d 95. c 96. d 97. d 98. a 99. a 100. a 101. a 102. a 103. d 104. b 105. b 106. c 107. d 108. a 109. b 110. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 08_11e 111. b 112. a 113. d 114. a 115. b 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. Color-blind racism is based on the belief that paying attention to race is racist. a. True b. False 2. The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) is a privately funded political action committee. a. True b. False 3. Individual discrimination is not always overt. a. True b. False 4. Immigrants tend to lower wages among native workers. a. True b. False 5. De facto segregation still exists in the United States. a. True b. False 6. Roger attacked a young Arab male who was dating Roger's sister because, he said, he was protecting her from "them." This is an example of a "thrill" hate crime. a. True b. False 7. The current Census Bureau classification system does not allow people of mixed Hispanic or Latino ethnicity to identify as such. a. True b. False 8. The existence of pluralism reflects efforts to promote assimilation. a. True b. False 9. Students of color are the likely recipients of legacy admissions in U.S. universities. a. True b. False 10. Antimiscegenation laws are still in force in 10 states. a. True b. False

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 11. The purpose of the "one-drop rule" was to increase the size of the slave population. a. True b. False 12. In a study of employers' treatment of job applicants, White applicants with a criminal record were more likely to be called back for an interview than Black applicants without a criminal record. a. True b. False 13. Any child born in the United States is automatically granted U.S. citizenship. a. True b. False 14. Prejudice is learned through socialization. a. True b. False 15. Most American adults do not believe White people and Black people should date. a. True b. False 16. In 2017, undocumented people paid more than $11 billion in state and local taxes. a. True b. False 17. Racial categories are the same throughout the world. a. True b. False 18. Implicit prejudice refers to a type of bias that is overt and recognized. a. True b. False 19. Racial categories are biologically valid categories. a. True b. False 20. The EEOC is a social movement opposed to affirmative action. a. True b. False

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 21. Geneticists have discovered that a. the genes of any two unrelated persons are 99.9 percent alike. b. genetic variation between racial groups is greater than genetic variation within racial groups. c. there are three "pure" races left on planet Earth. d. in Asia and Africa, skin color distinctions are abrupt, not graded as in the United States. 22. Which of the following is a subcategory of Hispanic? a. Kurd b. Indonesian c. Puerto Rican d. Hmong 23. A bank's policy denying loans to individuals of a certain neighborhood is an example of _____. a. institutional discrimination b. individual discrimination c. overt discrimination d. colorism 24. _____ refer to college courses that critically examine how White skin preference has operated systematically and sometimes unconsciously as a dominant force in American society and culture. a. Multicultural education classes b. Whiteness studies c. Diversity training programs d. Affirmative racial studies 25. Which theoretical perspective would be most interested in the importance of the words we use to refer to other groups of people? a. Conflict b. Structural-functionalist c. Symbolic interactionist d. Postmodernist 26. Which kind of racism is based on the belief that paying attention to race is, itself, racism? a. Traditional racism b. Modern racism c. Aversive racism d. Color-blind racism

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 27. In 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court a. affirmed the right of colleges to seek racial diversity. b. affirmed the right of colleges to use point systems for admission in which race can be the deciding factor. c. ruled that using race in admissions is reverse discrimination and unconstitutional. d. ruled that using race in admissions is reverse discrimination but justified because of past discrimination against racial minorities.

28. Which of the following is one of the myths about immigration described in the textbook? a. Immigrants want to learn English. b. Immigrants strain the public welfare and school systems. c. Immigration has a positive impact on the wages of native-born workers. d. Immigrants have low rates of criminal behavior. 29. _____ is a social movement that aims to bring about equal treatment of people of color. a. Black Lives Matter b. DREAM c. EEOC d. Occupy 30. _____ is the process by which distinct groups merge and become integrated as one. a. Pluralism b. Colonialism c. Segregation d. Assimilation 31. _____ racism refers to feelings of discomfort, unease, disgust, and sometimes fear toward racial minorities. a. Aversive b. Implicit c. Color-blind d. Prejudiced 32. Which of the following did the practice of "redlining" contribute to? a. Hate crimes b. Low minority voting participation c. Employment discrimination d. Housing segregation 33. In sociological terminology, a minority group is a category of people who a. have less social status in society because they are smaller in number. b. are the victims of prejudice and discrimination and lack equal access to the resources of society. c. comprise the small elite at the top of society who have most of the power, prestige, and wealth. d. are opposed to the values of the larger society and are viewed by the majority of people in society as a threat.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 34. The 1967 Supreme Court decision _____ declared antimiscegenation laws unconstitutional. a. Roe v. Wade b. Black v. the United States c. Loving v. Virginia d. Brown v. Georgia 35. What type of hate crimes is most often committed by members of White supremacist organizations? a. Mission hate crimes b. Campus hate crimes c. Defensive hate crimes d. Thrill hate crimes 36. What term refers to the deliberate, systematic annihilation of an entire nation or people? a. Assimilation b. Colonialism c. Genocide d. Amalgamation 37. Suppose a Mexican American family wants to rent an apartment in a predominantly White neighborhood. If the landlord is prejudiced against Latinos and does not allow the family to rent the apartment, that landlord has engaged in _____ discrimination. a. institutional b. overt c. de jure d. adaptive 38. A White college student who attacked his White sister’s Black fiancée stated that his motivation for the crime was his strong feelings against interracial marriage. This is a(n) _____ hate crime. a. mission b. defensive c. thrill d. aversive 39. The belief that race causes differences in human character and ability and that a particular race is superior to others is called a. a self-fulfilling prophecy. b. discrimination. c. racism. d. aversive prejudice.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 40. Undocumented people in the United States are most likely to have come from a. Asia. b. Mexico. c. other Latin American countries. d. Canada or Europe. 41. The _____ perspective considers how aspects of social life contribute to or interfere with social stability. a. conflict b. symbolic interactionist c. postmodernist d. structural-functionalist 42. Which of these perspectives focuses on how parts of the whole are interconnected? a. Symbolic interactionist b. Conflict c. Structural-functionalist d. Postmodernist 43. _____ segregation is enacted into law. a. De facto b. De jure c. Pluralistic d. Minority 44. Which of these is an example of a "pull" factor? a. The availability of well-paying jobs b. Religious discrimination c. Ethnic conflict d. Political unrest 45. When schools use standard intelligence tests to place students in college preparatory tracks, they are limiting the educational advancement of minorities whose ability is not fairly measured by culturally biased tests developed from White middle-class experiences. This is an example of _____ discrimination. a. overt b. adaptive c. institutional d. reverse 46. Guest workers in the United States a. are often exploited, cheated out of pay, and are unable to obtain medical care. b. must be paid a minimum wage or higher. c. must be paid overtime if they work over 40 hours per week. d. are guaranteed medical treatment and workers' compensation if they are injured on the job. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 47. The guest worker programs, H-2A and H-2B, allow employers to import workers for a. professional or managerial jobs. b. skilled manufacturing jobs. c. technical jobs that require specialized technical education, such as computer specialists. d. temporary or seasonal work lasting less than one year. 48. Comedian Stephen Colbert's remarks that he does not see race, even his own, might reflect a. aversive racism. b. color-blind racism. c. modern racism. d. institutional racism. 49. Pro-White rather than anti-Black attitudes are an aspect of a. traditional prejudice. b. modern racism. c. aversive racism. d. overt discrimination. 50. Ethnicity is based on a. shared cultural origin. b. physical characteristics, such as skin color and eye shape. c. religious affiliation. d. national citizenship. 51. The paired-testing study of housing discrimination reported in the textbook found that a. White people were given more opportunities to rent available units. b. Hispanic individuals were about as likely as White individuals to be shown homes for sale in predominantly nonHispanic White neighborhoods.

c. Black people received more information and assistance with financing a home. d. non-Hispanic White people were quoted higher interest rates by loan officers. 52. Most Hispanics or Latinos in the United States are of _____ origin. a. Cuban b. Puerto Rican c. Mexican d. South American 53. A state law requiring students to use English in school rather than their first language is an example of a. segregation. b. pluralism. c. acculturation. d. amalgamation.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 54. Which of the following best illustrates the "racial threat" hypothesis? a. Passage of the Chinese Exclusion Act after Chinese workers displaced White workers in mining and railroad jobs

b. Black support for constitutional propositions that increased state affirmative action initiatives c. Greater opposition among White people to affirmative action proposals in areas with fewer race or ethnic minorities

d. White people being more likely to blame Black people for Black social disadvantages after the passage of the Civil Rights Act of 1964

55. Antimiscegenation laws prohibited a. interracial marriage. b. mandatory segregation in schools. c. genocide. d. slavery. 56. A coyote is a. someone hired to lead unauthorized immigrants across the border into the United States. b. a member of the U.S. Border Patrol who is charged with apprehending people crossing illegally into the United States.

c. a member of the FBI who is charged with apprehending undocumented people residing in the United States. d. an American citizen engaged in a vigilante effort to patrol the U.S. border and prevent immigrants from crossing into the United States.

57. Segregation in the United States was enforced by a. the Civil Rights Movement. b. the Jim Crow laws. c. the acculturation arrangement. d. the Loving v. Virginia Supreme Court decision. 58. The "one-drop rule" specified that even one drop of a. "White blood" defined a person as White. b. "Native American blood" defined a person as non-White. c. "Black blood" defined a person as Black. d. "Mexican blood" defined a person as Hispanic. 59. The process by which a racial/ethnic minority group is prevented from achieving success because of negative stereotypes that define them as inferior illustrates a. a latent function. b. a self-fulfilling prophecy. c. the redlining practice. d. the racial threat hypothesis.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 60. Which of the following is primary assimilation? a. Racial and ethnic groups maintain their distinctiveness but respect each other and have equal access to social resources.

b. Members of racial and/or ethnic groups coexist as friends, family, and spouses. c. Groups become integrated in public areas and in social institutions, such as neighborhoods, schools, and the workplace.

d. A person adopts the culture of a group different from the one in which the person was originally raised. 61. Mandy tends to see lighter skinned individuals as more intelligent than darker skinned individuals. Mandy engages in a. overt discrimination. b. de jure segregation. c. colorism. d. color-blind racism. 62. Between 1890 and 1910, a series of U.S. laws were enacted to separate Black people from White people. These were the a. Jim Crow laws. b. separate but equal laws. c. apartheid regulations. d. melting pot restrictions. 63. To become a U.S. citizen, most immigrants must a. have resided continuously as a lawful permanent U.S. resident for at least 10 years. b. be able to read, write, speak, and understand basic English. c. never have been arrested. d. pay a fee of $3,000. 64. According to the U.S. Census, Hispanic is a. a racial category. b. an ethnic category. c. a nonexistent category. d. a mixed-race designation. 65. In many sociology departments, Black, Latino, Asian, and White faculty and graduate students work together. This integration illustrates a. acculturation. b. amalgamation. c. primary assimilation. d. secondary assimilation.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 66. According to the frustration-aggression theory of prejudice, a. minority group members serve as convenient scapegoats for aggression. b. some minorities who experience prejudice vent their frustrations through self-destructive behavior. c. minorities are believed to be more easily frustrated and violently aggressive. d. aggressive discriminatory behaviors are learned by watching prejudicial stereotypes in the media. 67. Stereotypes _____. a. have very little impact on daily life b. that appear to be positive can have negative effects c. have largely disappeared d. only affect racial minorities 68. Home ownership rates of minorities have _____ since the early 1990s. a. increased substantially b. remained steady c. fluctuated wildly d. decreased 69. Immigrants are _____ to commit a crime. a. less likely than natives b. more likely than natives c. as likely as natives d. the most likely group 70. In _____ discrimination, the individual discriminates because of the prejudice of others. a. institutional b. overt c. de jure d. adaptive 71. The beginning of challenges to affirmative action was a 1978 Supreme Court ruling in a. Regents of the University of California v. Bakke. b. Brown v. Board of Education. c. Loving v. Virginia. d. Fisher v. University of Texas. 72. The increasing rate of interracial marriages reflects a. acculturation. b. primary assimilation. c. secondary assimilation. d. de facto segregation.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 73. The concept of _____ refers to a category of people who are believed to share distinct physical characteristics that are deemed socially significant. a. race b. ethnicity c. species d. social class 74. The 1830 Indian Removal Act called for the relocation of eastern tribes to land west of the Mississippi River. The forced relocation that resulted is an example of a. expulsion. b. colonialism. c. pluralism. d. amalgamation. 75. The fastest growing racial category in the United States is a. White non-Hispanic. b. Arab American. c. Hispanic. d. mixed-race. 76. Which of the following statements about affirmative action is true? a. Affirmative action is likely to remain controversial. b. Affirmative action has been proven to be detrimental. c. Affirmative action applies only to education. d. Affirmative action policies are overwhelmingly supported by the American public. 77. Immigrants who apply for and meet the requirements for U.S. citizenship are called a. second-generation immigrants. b. naturalized citizens. c. de facto citizens. d. acculturated immigrants. 78. Race is a. a biological explanation of differences between people. b. socially constructed. c. determined by objective, reliable, and meaningful physical criteria. d. based on scientifically valid reasons for selecting certain biological traits over others.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 79. Which perspective examines how competition over wealth, power, and prestige contributes to racial and ethnic group tensions? a. Conflict b. Symbolic interactionist c. Postmodernist d. Structural-functionalist 80. Which perspective focuses on the social construction of race and ethnicity and how meanings, labels, and definitions affect racial and ethnic groups and intergroup interactions? a. Symbolic interactionist b. Structural-functionalist c. Conflict d. Postmodernist 81. _____ refers to negative attitudes and feelings toward or about an entire category of people. a. Prejudice b. Discrimination c. Segregation d. Racism 82. Ted is a self-appointed monitor of the border between Mexico and the United States. He says he wants to keep out what he calls "illegals." Ted can be described as a(an) a. undocumented worker. b. coyote. c. nativist. d. guest worker. 83. According to the conflict perspective, the "haves" (the wealthy and powerful elite) a. are less prejudiced and are less likely to practice discrimination because they do not perceive minorities as a threat.

b. deflect attention away from their own greed and exploitation of workers by perpetuating racial and ethnic tensions. c. are more likely than the middle classes to foster minority privileges because minorities offer an untapped knowledge resource.

d. believe more strongly than lower social classes that minorities are biologically inferior and less capable of contributing to society.

84. The use of racial slurs in the presence of children illustrates a. aversive racism. b. socialization. c. the self-fulfilling prophecy. d. a latent function of racism.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 85. The funding of schools through local property taxes is a form of a. affirmative action that helps minorities. b. institutional discrimination against minorities. c. aversive racism. d. reverse discrimination against Whites. 86. The most frequently filed claims with the EEOC are allegations of a. gender discrimination or harassment. b. age discrimination. c. race discrimination, racial harassment, or opposition to racial discrimination. d. discrimination based on national origin. 87. Which of the following is an example of de facto segregation? a. Jim Crow laws that prohibited Black individuals from using White buses, hotels, restaurants, etc. b. Today's racially segregated neighborhoods in the United States c. Segregated schools before the 1950s d. Forcing Japanese Americans into "internment camps" on the U.S. West Coast during World War II 88. The guest worker program in the United States has been described as a modern-day system of _____. a. backdoor immigration b. legal welfare fraud c. indentured servitude d. free passes into the United States 89. Prejudice and discrimination against Muslims is called a. Arabism. b. Islamophobia. c. jihad. d. xenophobia. 90. Most hate crimes are based on a. religious bias. b. racial bias. c. national origin or ethnicity. d. sexual preference. 91. Which type of theorist is more likely to suggest that racial antagonisms exist because they serve the interests of the wealthy and powerful? a. Postmodernist b. Symbolic interactionist c. Conflict d. Structural-functionalist

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 92. A latent dysfunction of the 1960s civil rights legislation was a. that the economic conditions of Black individuals did not improve. b. the perpetuation of stereotypes of Black individuals as lacking motivation and ability. c. that as a whole, Black people began to surpass White people in economic status. d. that both White and Black individuals suffered greater job loss and financial insecurity. 93. College and university admissions policies that give preference to applicants who are children of alumni is a form of a. institutional discrimination against minorities. b. affirmative action that helps minority enrollment. c. reverse discrimination against Whites. d. de jure segregation. 94. America's open-door policy on immigration, which allowed all immigrants to enter and become U.S. citizens, ended with a. the Chinese Exclusion Act, which suspended the entrance of the Chinese to the United States for 10 years. b. an immigration act that required all immigrants to pass a literacy test before entering the United States. c. the Johnson Act, which introduced a limit on the number of immigrants who could enter the United States in a single year.

d. an immigration act that excluded the Japanese from immigration. 95. Which of the following statements best describes the way our Census has dealt with race in the past two centuries? a. Racial classifications have remained largely unchanged since the original Census. b. Whereas the original Census had a number of racial categories, the most recent Census has only two. c. Race has never been a part of the U.S. Census. d. Both the number and type of races available on the Census have fluctuated throughout the years. 96. Because the "war on drugs" has been waged in poorer neighborhoods, it has resulted in more arrests of people of color even though they are no more likely to sell or use drugs than Whites. This illustrates _____ discrimination. a. traditional b. overt c. adaptive d. institutional 97. Which of the following abolished the national origins quota system? a. Brown v. Board of Education b. Plessy v. Ferguson c. Immigration Act of 1970 d. Hart-Celler Act

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 98. _____ refers to programs and policies that promote equal opportunity and diversity in the workplace and educational institutions. a. Affirmative action b. EEOC c. DREAM d. Equality Now 99. Who is most likely to have a favorable attitude toward racial intermarriage? a. Political and social conservatives b. White supremacists c. Older individuals d. Minorities 100. The percentage of U.S. adults who disapproved of marriage between Black people and White people _____ between 1958 and 2013. a. increased slightly b. stayed the same c. decreased significantly d. decreased in the North but not in the South 101. The largest ethnic category in the United States is a. Hispanic. b. German. c. Italian. d. Irish. 102. Which of the following statements is true about race? a. There are clear guidelines for separating one race from another. b. The most variation among people is within-group variation. c. The major racial categories are the same throughout the world. d. Genetically pure races, although rare, do exist. 103. _____ groups advocate for a restrictive immigration policy and encourage vigilante tactics. a. "Secure fence" b. Pronationalist c. English-only d. Nativist extremist 104. Which of the following racial categories did the U.S. Census recognize in 1960? a. Black and White b. White, Black, and Hispanic c. Native American and non-Native American d. White and non-White Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 105. Which four groups did the first U.S. Census in 1790 divide the population into? a. White men, White women, White children, and Black individuals b. Native Americans, White Christians, White non-Christians, and Black individuals c. Free White males, free White females, slaves, and other persons d. Criminals, immigrants, U.S.-born citizens, and slaves 106. The intentional killing of Native Americans by Europeans that began when Europeans invaded the Americas in the 16th century is an example of a. expulsion. b. genocide. c. pluralism. d. amalgamation. 107. The largest segment of the U.S. population consists of a. Hispanics. b. non-Hispanic Whites. c. multiracial individuals. d. Blacks. 108. Affirmative action policies developed from federal legislation a. to give immigrants from all nationalities in the United States the right to become American citizens if they met common eligibility criteria.

b. to outlaw required segregation in all public arenas, including hotels, restaurants, modes of transportation, and residential neighborhoods.

c. that mandated the desegregation of public schools by busing and changing the boundaries of school districts. d. that required employers to make good faith efforts to increase the pool of qualified minorities and women. 109. The 1986 Immigration Reform and Control Act a. made immigration of people with HIV/AIDS illegal. b. made hiring unauthorized immigrants an illegal act. c. decreased the number of immigrants who could enter the United States legally. d. made it more difficult for immigrants to become naturalized citizens. 110. Which of the following statements is true about immigrants in the United States? a. Immigrants do not want to learn English. b. Immigrants increase unemployment and lower wages among native workers. c. Immigrants are less likely than natives to commit crimes. d. Immigrants in the United States have children as a means to gain legal status.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 111. In several studies, respondents did not indicate that Black people were worse than White people, only that White people were better than Black people. For example, Black people were not rated as being lazier than White people, but White people were rated as being more ambitious than Black people. Which of the following do these findings exemplify? a. Modern racism b. Traditional racism c. Reverse racism d. Aversive racism 112. In Switzerland, four ethnic groups—French, Italians, Swiss Germans, and Romansch—maintain their distinct cultural heritage and group identity in an atmosphere of mutual respect and social equality. This is an example of a. pluralism. b. assimilation. c. colonialism. d. acculturation. 113. Many immigrants to the United States changed the spelling and pronunciation of their names to seem more American. This is an example of a. pluralism. b. acculturation. c. amalgamation. d. miscegenation. 114. Conflict theorists argue that racism increases capitalist profits by a. preventing workers from uniting based on class interest. b. discouraging immigration. c. providing a market for lower-priced goods. d. increasing domestic-service jobs. 115. The purpose of the "one-drop rule" was to a. discourage intermarriage. b. enlarge the slave population. c. grant Native Americans protection under U.S. law. d. discriminate against Irish, Italians, and Jews. 116. Define the "one-drop rule" and its purpose in the United States.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 117. Why do FBI hate crime data undercount the actual number of hate crimes?

118. Distinguish between pluralism and assimilation.

119. What are Whiteness studies, and why are they important?

120. What is institutional discrimination? Describe examples of institutional discrimination on the basis of race and ethnicity in employment, housing, and education in the United States.

121. Define affirmative action and explain its purpose, its beneficiaries, and why its influence has declined in higher education.

122. Explain the similarities and differences between traditional racism, aversive racism, implicit prejudice, and colorblind racism. Provide an example of each.

123. Describe how researchers can identify housing discrimination.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 124. Identify the dominant myths about immigration and explain why these are myths.

125. What are the major ways in which competition over wealth, power, and prestige contributes to racial and ethnic group tensions, according to the conflict perspective?

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e Answer Key 1. True 2. False 3. True 4. False 5. True 6. False 7. True 8. False 9. False 10. False 11. True 12. True 13. True 14. True 15. False 16. True 17. False 18. False 19. False 20. False 21. a 22. c 23. a 24. b 25. c 26. d

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 27. a 28. b 29. a 30. d 31. a 32. d 33. b 34. c 35. a 36. c 37. b 38. b 39. c 40. b 41. d 42. c 43. b 44. a 45. c 46. a 47. d 48. b 49. c 50. a 51. a 52. c 53. c 54. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 55. a 56. a 57. b 58. c 59. b 60. b 61. c 62. a 63. b 64. b 65. d 66. a 67. b 68. a 69. a 70. d 71. a 72. b 73. a 74. a 75. d 76. a 77. b 78. b 79. a 80. a 81. a 82. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 83. b 84. b 85. b 86. c 87. b 88. c 89. b 90. b 91. c 92. b 93. a 94. a 95. d 96. d 97. d 98. a 99. d 100. c 101. a 102. b 103. d 104. d 105. c 106. b 107. b 108. d 109. b 110. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 09_11e 111. d 112. a 113. b 114. a 115. b 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 24

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. Women are more likely than men to earn at or below minimum wage. a. True b. False 2. Women tend to advance more quickly in STEM occupations than do men. a. True b. False 3. One of the items on the men's movement agenda involves getting fair treatment for fathers in courts. a. True b. False 4. In the United States today, standards of masculinity are based mostly on success. a. True b. False 5. Conflict theorists argue that the subordinate position of women in society is a consequence of biological differences that led to the division of labor. a. True b. False 6. Discrimination on the job because of transgender status is a violation of federal law. a. True b. False 7. Muslim women who wear a headscarf in public do so, in part, to reflect their high status as women. a. True b. False 8. Men are more likely to go to the doctor than women. a. True b. False 9. Women received the right to vote shortly after men when the Constitution was first written. a. True b. False 10. Some societies recognize more than two genders. a. True b. False 11. The equal rights amendment is now part of the Constitution. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 12. The Beijing Platform seeks a renewal of men's superior place in the world. a. True b. False 13. In general, women are socialized into instrumental roles and men are socialized into expressive roles. a. True b. False 14. Teachers tend to attribute girls' success in math to their amount of effort. a. True b. False 15. When men and women have identical levels of educational achievement and both work full-time, American women, on the average, earn about the same as American men. a. True b. False 16. When men get involved in traditionally female occupations, they tend to be disadvantaged in promotion and salary. a. True b. False 17. The United States has not ratified the CEDAW's bill of rights. a. True b. False 18. The existence of a hostile work environment can be considered sexual harassment. a. True b. False 19. Men and women have equal status in about half of the countries of the world. a. True b. False 20. Functionalists understand gender inequality as the exercise of power by men over women. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 21. Occupational sex segregation continues because of a. employment policies. b. changing cultural beliefs. c. changing opportunity structures. d. women's recent educational accomplishments.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 22. A study reported in your text examined the differences between the favorite toys of 3- to 5-year-old boys and girls and found that girls' toys were more likely to a. have limited learning potential. b. be designed to be stimulating and exciting. c. promote technology. d. use large motor skills. 23. When the subjects in a research study were asked to list the best things about being male, females most often cited a. sexual freedom. b. higher pay. c. natural strength. d. nothing. 24. Which perspective argues that preindustrial society required a division of labor based on gender? a. Conflict b. Structural-functionalist c. Postmodernist d. Symbolic interactionist 25. An experiment in which two congressional candidates' credentials were presented to a sample of respondents found that Republican respondents were least likely to say they would vote for a a. father with young children. b. mother with young children. c. woman without children. d. man without children. 26. Which type of theorist is more likely to argue that continued domination by men requires a belief system that supports gender inequality? a. Structural functionalists b. Postmodernists c. Symbolic interactionists d. Conflict theorists 27. The glass escalator effect refers to the process by which a. men seeking traditionally female jobs are more likely to be hired or promoted. b. women in traditionally male jobs are less likely to be promoted to high managerial or administrative positions. c. women tend to choose traditionally female jobs. d. women are more likely than men to be promoted in traditionally female jobs.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 28. Traditional male gender socialization is linked to higher rates of a. diseases related to poverty. b. domestic violence victimization. c. cardiovascular diseases. d. diseases from indoor pollution. 29. Because he was a man entering the traditionally female field of elementary school teaching, Edward was promoted to school principal over his female counterparts who had more experience. This situation illustrates a. the glass ceiling effect. b. the glass escalator effect. c. the occupational sex segregation. d. the human capital hypothesis. 30. According to symbolic interactionists, gender assignment begins a. at birth. b. soon after a child learns to talk. c. when a child enters school. d. with marriage or entrance into the workforce. 31. In the past, religious teachings tended to promote a. egalitarian gender roles. b. traditional conceptions of gender. c. women as religious leaders. d. equality for all groups. 32. The _____ refers to society's tendency to discourage males from expressing emotion, weakness, or vulnerability, or asking for help. a. boy code b. sexual script c. gender understanding d. sexual norm 33. Oscar argues that women are paid less than men because their work is often defined as less important. Oscar accepts the _____ hypothesis. a. human capital b. devaluation c. social control d. glass ceiling

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 34. In the _____, the United States made it illegal to discriminate in wages or employment on the basis of sex. a. Equal Pay Act b. Bakke v. California decision c. Family and Medical Leave Act d. Carlson v. MMM decision 35. The biological classification of males and females reflects the concept of a. sex. b. gender. c. gender stratification. d. sexual orientation. 36. Your text argues that the type of career pursued by women is a structured choice, which means a. women's career choices reflect limited options as a result of the structure of society. b. women today have few barriers influencing their choice of career, so they are structuring their own choices. c. women's career choices are structured by their choice not to attend college. d. women choose their careers primarily according to their perceptions of their own individual abilities. 37. When Travis and Carrie decide who will take on which household task, they tend to rely on what they learned as children. This is consistent with a. the relative resources approach. b. the gender role ideology. c. the time-availability approach. d. the gender deviance hypothesis. 38. According to the World Health Organization, which of the following is a way that traditional definitions of gender negatively influence the health and well-being of women and girls? a. Exposure to pollutants through cooking b. Risk-taking behaviors c. Participation in violent crime d. Unwillingness to ask for help 39. As industrialization progressed and the production of goods and services moved away from the home, women a. had more education. b. had higher incomes. c. had fewer occupational skills. d. were frequently owners. 40. _____ prohibits sex discrimination in education programs and activities that receive federal financial assistance. a. Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments Act b. The 1965 Civil Rights Act c. The Equal Education Act of 1984 d. The equal rights amendment of 1972 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 41. Which event resulted in a large number of women entering the workforce? a. World War II b. The birth of the Baby Boomers c. The Ebola epidemic in Africa d. Reconstruction following the American Civil War 42. Worldwide, women tend to do jobs characterized by a. informal working arrangements. b. good job security. c. lower unemployment. d. freedom from unreasonable demands. 43. In the United States, gender inequality takes the form of a. unequal penalties for spouses who commit adultery. b. the practice of aborting female fetuses in cultures that value male children over female children. c. the expectation that wives ask their husbands for permission to use birth control. d. an unequal division of household labor and child care. 44. A(n) _____ individual is a person whose sense of gender identity does not match their birth sex. a. transgender b. gay c. intersexed d. androgynous 45. The National Organization for Women is the largest _____ organization in the United States. a. women's labor union b. Christian women's c. Republican women's d. feminist 46. Research demonstrates the importance of _____ bias—that is, bias in the way we understand the causes of behavior. a. attributional b. overt c. socialization d. implicit 47. Which of the following statements is true regarding women's work experiences? a. Women are more likely than men to be employed in vulnerable employment. b. Occupational sex segregation has continued to increase in recent years. c. Most women's jobs are more highly valued than men's jobs. d. Females are less likely to be unemployed than males.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 48. Which of the following is true in the United States? a. Women make up the majority of minimum wage workers. b. Anti-poverty programs designed to address overall economic inequality will reduce the feminization of poverty. c. Hispanic and Black female-headed households tend to be better off economically than White female-headed households.

d. Women are significantly less likely to live in poverty than men. 49. Sociologists argue that women's jobs are undervalued because they include a significant amount of a. emotion work. b. work that does not require much cognitive ability. c. repetitive work. d. manual labor. 50. Sexual harassment laws a. prohibit an employer from requiring sexual favors in exchange for a promotion, salary increase, or any other employee benefit.

b. do not address teasing or creating an uncomfortable atmosphere. c. protect only women. d. require a quota system to place women in jobs and political positions. 51. Conflict theorists argue that women and men are more likely to be economic equals in _____ societies. a. hunting and gathering b. pastoral c. agricultural d. industrial 52. Which of the following likely contributes to health problems among men? a. Domestic violence b. Refusal to ask for help c. Indoor pollution d. Cult of thinness 53. A study of 200 "top-selling" children's picture books found that a. there was a significant reduction in gender stereotypes from the 1980s to the 1990s. b. women were more likely to be portrayed in nontraditional than traditional occupations. c. women and girls were significantly underrepresented as male title and main characters. d. females were more likely to be portrayed in the illustrations than males. 54. The feminization of poverty results, in part, from a. government policies that encourage welfare dependency. b. the innate weakness of women. c. the types of jobs women hold compared to men's jobs. d. biological differences in capability.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 55. A recent study of 1,000 adults found that two-thirds of the respondents thought that television advertisements pictured men as a. pathetic and silly. b. intelligent. c. caring. d. hard workers. 56. Task-oriented roles are also called _____ roles. a. expressive b. instrumental c. structural d. legitimate 57. The rebirth of feminism in the 1960s was, in part, because of a. a decrease of women in the workforce after World War II. b. successful passage of the Nineteenth Amendment. c. passage of the ERA. d. the publication of Betty Friedan's book The Feminine Mystique. 58. _____ sexism refers to the ways in which the organization of society divides and subordinates individuals and groups based on their sex. a. Societal b. Cultural c. Manifest d. Structural 59. _____ argue that gender roles in the family and workforce change as the needs of society change. a. Structural functionalists b. Conflict theorists c. Symbolic interactionists d. Postmodernists 60. Which statement is true? a. Women earn more master's degrees in engineering than men do. b. Women earn approximately half of doctorate degrees in the United States. c. American men are unlikely to major in STEM fields. d. Men are more likely than women to "opt out" of the workforce. 61. In the United States, women are less likely than men to major in a. education. b. science, technology, engineering, and math. c. music and the arts. d. nursing. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 62. In the United States, elementary and secondary school teachers have been found to a. talk to girls more than boys. b. listen to girls more than boys. c. ask girls more questions than boys. d. give boys more extended directions than girls. 63. The term "_____" refers to an invisible barrier that prevents women from moving into top corporate positions. a. glass escalator b. glass ceiling c. sticky floor d. slippery slope 64. To which of the following does occupational sex segregation refer? a. A subfield in sociology that studies gender differences in job performance b. Unfair treatment of employees on the basis of their sex c. An invisible barrier that prevents women from moving into top corporate positions d. The concentration of different genders in different occupations 65. In an effort to bolster representation of women in politics, half of the world's countries have instituted a. increased campaign financing for female candidates. b. quotas. c. higher pay for female politicians. d. changes to the monarchy. 66. Honor killings are murders that often take place publicly as a result of a. a male perceived to be dishonoring his country. b. a male perceived to be dishonoring his family. c. a female perceived to be dishonoring her religion. d. a female perceived to be dishonoring her family. 67. The broad range of policies and practices to promote equal opportunity as well as diversity in the workplace and on campuses is referred to as a. antidiscrimination. b. affirmative action. c. fair hiring. d. quota system. 68. _____ refers to the ways in which the norms, values, beliefs, and symbols of a society perpetuate the subordination of an individual or group on the basis of sex. a. Structural sexism b. Institutional sexism c. Cultural sexism d. Individual sexism Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 69. _____ refers to the belief that there are innate differences between women and men and that these differences result in the superiority of one group and the inferiority of the other. a. Feminism b. Sexism c. Sex segregation d. Gender stratification 70. According to conflict theorists, a. women were regarded as property in hunting and gathering societies. b. inheritance laws in agricultural societies increased the power of females in the family. c. private property in agricultural societies began to contribute to greater power of females in the society at large. d. men gained control of production in agricultural and industrial societies. 71. Feminists argue that conceptions of gender are a. based on biological sex differences. b. socially constructed. c. determined by the needs of society. d. necessary for the advancement of society. 72. In which year did U.S. women receive the right to vote? a. 1790 b. 1865 c. 1920 d. 1945 73. Which of these is part of the social movement working for men's rights? a. NOW b. EEOC c. A Voice for Men d. The Seneca Falls Conference 74. Female genital cutting is a. usually performed in hospitals upon the birth of a child. b. a common practice in South America. c. a rite of passage that enhances a woman's status in some countries. d. rarely practiced in the world today.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 75. Which of the following is the gender role ideology explanation of the traditional division of labor? a. Females and males have been socialized to perform various roles and to expect their partners to perform other complementary roles.

b. Females are more biologically equipped for household labor and child care. c. Husbands view their wives as property, which was acquired by marriage for the purpose of taking care of their children and household.

d. Both females and males believe that women are superior at details and nurturing; thus, females should be responsible for the home and children.

76. The time-availability approach explains the traditional division of labor in the home by the belief that a. children require more time and attention than jobs outside the home. b. household chores are not as time-consuming as jobs outside the home. c. because women are more likely to be at home, they have more time to perform domestic chores. d. women need less free time than men. 77. Which of these statements pertaining to gender inequality in the United States is true? a. Women have lower incomes. b. Men hold fewer prestigious jobs. c. Women earn more graduate degrees. d. Men are promoted less frequently. 78. The documentary So Sexy So Soon shows _____ in the media. a. the objectification of women but not men b. the glorification of same-sex sexual behavior among teens c. the portrayal of young girls as sweet and innocent d. the sexualization of young children 79. In general, females are more likely than males to suffer from a. depression. b. cirrhosis of the liver. c. addiction. d. injuries from motor vehicle accidents. 80. On the average, men in the United States a. live about seven years longer than women. b. live about the same number of years as women. c. die about one year earlier than women. d. die about five years earlier than women. 81. Which of the following is true regarding women in politics? a. The more important a political office, the higher the probability a woman will hold it. b. Women are overrepresented in state legislatures. c. There are no female governors in the United States. d. The highest U.S. political office held by a woman is the secretary of state. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 82. Which of the following religious denominations has the most nontraditional beliefs about women's roles? a. Roman Catholic b. Orthodox Jewish c. Quakers d. Southern Baptists Convention 83. The greatest success of early feminists in the United States was a. passage of the equal rights amendment. b. gaining the right to vote. c. gaining access to birth control and abortion. d. passage of the Civil Rights Act. 84. Which of the following statements about school and gender is true according to your text? a. Girls and boys are treated equally in schools. b. Women are overrepresented in administrative positions. c. Boys and girls learn in very different ways. d. Sex stereotypes are reinforced and created in schools. 85. Female state legislators identified _____ as the single greatest barrier to running for political office. a. family responsibilities b. sexual harassment c. gender stereotypes d. a lack of money 86. The _____ hypothesis argues that women are paid less because the work they perform is socially defined as less valuable than the work performed by men. a. structural sexism b. human capital c. devaluation d. double jeopardy 87. _____ refers to the social definitions and expectations associated with being female or male. a. Sex b. Gender c. Sexual orientation d. Sexual normality 88. Reasons for the STEM gender disparity include a. reliance on gender dysphoria. b. lack of female STEM role models. c. tracking of many females into STEM classes. d. legacy scholarships.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 89. Structural functionalists argue that the traditional division of labor is no longer as functional today because a. of higher fertility rates. b. of day-care facilities. c. jobs are more physically demanding. d. jobs are more dangerous. 90. Which of these acts was identified as a form of gender-based violence? a. Marital rape b. Robbery c. Simple assault d. Battery 91. The belief held by a society that females are less valuable than males is an example of a. structural sexism. b. institutional sexism. c. cultural sexism. d. individual sexism. 92. Over 775 million adults over the age of 15 cannot read or write. How many of these are women? a. 10 percent b. About a quarter c. A little over half d. Nearly two-thirds 93. Which of the following explains the traditional division of labor from the relative resources approach? a. Women's hormonal makeup is calming, making them uniquely qualified to take care of little children and the home simultaneously.

b. Because men have more education, higher incomes, and more prestigious occupations, they are less responsible for domestic labor.

c. Women's socialization better qualifies them to understand, teach, nurse, and physically care for children. d. Men are more intelligent than women, so the family benefits more if the man uses his intelligence to work outside of the home to provide economically for the family.

94. In general, men are socialized into _____ roles. a. expressive b. nurturant c. instrumental d. egalitarian

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 95. Christina was not hired for a job when her potential employer found out that she had three small children. This is an example of a. the motherhood penalty. b. STEM. c. sexual harassment. d. the second shift. 96. Samantha is a school nurse. This is an example of a. an instrumental role. b. an expressive role. c. structural sexism. d. economic gendering. 97. Which of these countries has not ratified the International Women's Bill of Rights? a. Britain b. France c. Canada d. The United States 98. _____ argues that the division of labor is a consequence of traditional socialization. a. The relative resources approach b. Gender role ideology c. Second shift theory d. The gender deviance hypothesis 99. The platform from the Beijing conference on women identified _____ as a critical area of concern. a. religion b. men's rights c. child care d. health 100. The study reported in your text of the household division of labor for heterosexual European women found that a. in about half of the countries, women and men spend almost equal hours on unpaid household labor. b. women's unpaid household labor was less in the United States than in any of the other countries. c. women were responsible for the majority of unpaid household labor in all of the countries. d. men spent more time than women on unpaid household labor in Sweden. 101. Feminism refers to the idea that a. women and men should have equal rights and responsibilities. b. women are superior to men. c. women should be more like men. d. women should embrace their femininity and reject masculine qualities.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 102. The mythopoetic men's movement a. is anti-feminist. b. strives to make men more accountable for violence. c. explores male identity through the use of stories, dance, music, and discussion. d. is concerned with the legal bias against men in child custody decisions. 103. The hatred of women is referred to as a. prejudice. b. chauvinism. c. misogyny. d. discrimination. 104. Which perspective argues that when income or occupation is inconsistent with traditional gender roles, individuals will engage in the traditional division of household labor? a. The gender deviance hypothesis b. Gender role ideology c. The relative resources approach d. Structural strain theory 105. The World Economic Forum ranked the gender gap in 153 countries, with the highest rank going to the countries with the smallest gender gap. North America ranked a. first. b. second. c. toward the top but not at the very top. d. at the bottom. 106. When the subjects in a research study were asked to list the best things about being female, males most often cited a. life expectancy. b. freedom to be emotional. c. ability to give birth. d. not having to work. 107. According to the _____ hypothesis, differences in the earnings of women and men are the result of differences in women's and men's levels of education, skills, training, and work experience. a. glass ceiling b. human capital c. occupational sex segregation d. devaluation

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 108. Blanca works in a personnel department. Her job requires caring, negotiating, and empathizing, also known as a. instrumental tasks. b. emotion work. c. feeling duties. d. tender tasks. 109. For Muslim women who choose to wear a head covering, it represents a. the high status of women. b. the view that women are sinful and should be covered. c. the view that the women are owned by their husbands. d. the view that women are sexual and men are powerful. 110. _____ refers to the blending of traditionally defined masculine and feminine characteristics. a. Androgyny b. The boy code c. Gender dysphoria d. Intersexuality 111. The boy code refers to a. a secret handshake that is known only among gay boys and men. b. a set of slang terms that degrade females. c. gender socialization that discourages males from expressing emotion and asking for help. d. higher self-esteem among boys than girls. 112. Structural functionalists argue that in preindustrial societies, a. women remained in the home bearing, nursing, and caring for children because it was biologically necessary. b. women equally shared responsibility with the men for providing food, clothing, and shelter for their families. c. men equally shared responsibility with the women for caring for children. d. gender roles were reversed, with women providing food and shelter and men caring for the children. 113. The research finding that women who are mothers are viewed as less competent and committed to paid work than nonmothers and that mothers feel pressured to choose professions with flexible hours is referred to as the a. mother ceiling. b. mommy choices theory. c. motherhood penalty. d. balancing act. 114. The increased proportion of women and girls whose incomes are below the poverty line is referred to as a. the feminization of poverty. b. gendered unemployment. c. genderized poverty. d. the sex-segregated economy.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 115. Which of the following illustrates quid pro quo sexual harassment? a. Sexually explicit jokes that female office personnel find offensive b. An employer who requires sexual favors from an employee in exchange for a salary increase c. An employee who "accidentally" fondles a coworker d. A worker who displays sexually explicit photographs in his office carrel 116. Why is the traditional division of labor less functional today according to structural functionalists?

117. What is the motherhood penalty? Provide an example.

118. How do the jobs of women tend to differ from those of men?

119. What is the difference between sex and gender?

120. Why does sex segregation in occupations continue to exist in American society? Give examples to illustrate your arguments.

121. Discuss the arguments in favor of the ERA.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 122. How does the experience of women vary depending on their religion?

123. Using information from the textbook, describe the ways in which health is gendered.

124. How does the gender role ideology explanation of traditional gender roles differ from the relative resources approach?

125. Describe the different forms the men's movement has taken.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e Answer Key 1. True 2. False 3. True 4. True 5. False 6. True 7. True 8. False 9. False 10. True 11. False 12. False 13. False 14. True 15. False 16. False 17. True 18. True 19. False 20. False 21. a 22. a 23. b 24. a 25. b 26. d

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 27. a 28. c 29. b 30. a 31. b 32. a 33. b 34. a 35. a 36. a 37. b 38. a 39. c 40. a 41. a 42. a 43. d 44. a 45. d 46. a 47. a 48. a 49. a 50. a 51. a 52. b 53. c 54. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 55. a 56. b 57. d 58. d 59. a 60. b 61. b 62. d 63. b 64. d 65. b 66. d 67. b 68. c 69. b 70. d 71. b 72. c 73. c 74. c 75. a 76. c 77. a 78. d 79. a 80. d 81. d 82. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 83. b 84. d 85. d 86. c 87. b 88. b 89. b 90. a 91. c 92. d 93. b 94. c 95. a 96. b 97. d 98. b 99. d 100. c 101. a 102. c 103. c 104. a 105. c 106. b 107. b 108. b 109. a 110. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 10_11e 111. c 112. a 113. c 114. a 115. b 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. Conflict theorists argue that heterosexual men's negative reactions to gay men reinforce gender inequality. a. True b. False 2. Individuals with traditional gender role attitudes tend to hold more negative views toward gay and lesbian sexuality. a. True b. False 3. Research clearly indicates that the origin of sexual orientation is genetic. a. True b. False 4. The dominant heterosexual community tends to view "gay" or "lesbian" as a master status. a. True b. False 5. Research has found that heterosexual men are more negative about gay men than about lesbians. a. True b. False 6. If the Equality Act was passed, same-sex couples would be afforded all the rights and responsibilities of different sex-couples. They would be less likely to live in poverty, have better mental and physical health, and thus be better positioned to provide a safe and healthy environment for their children. a. True b. False 7. The majority of Americans believe that gay couples should not be allowed to adopt children. a. True b. False 8. Women are more likely than men to have negative attitudes toward gay and lesbian sexuality. a. True b. False 9. The Supreme Court decision in Obergefell v. Hodges made same-sex marriage valid throughout the United States. a. True b. False 10. Most gay and bisexual women report that they are in a committed relationship at any given time. a. True b. False

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 11. Very few gay and lesbian students report being bullied in school. a. True b. False 12. Federal hate crimes law includes crimes against individuals because of sexual orientation or gender identity. a. True b. False 13. If someone is born biologically male and identifies as male, they could be described as cisgender. a. True b. False 14. The conflict perspective views the gay rights movement and reactions to it as a struggle over power, prestige, and economic resources. a. True b. False 15. The LGBT population is more likely to live in poverty than the non-LGBT population. a. True b. False 16. Reparative therapy or conversion therapy can be harmful. a. True b. False 17. Some Christian groups affirm gay men and lesbians and same-sex sexual behavior. a. True b. False 18. Research has demonstrated a connection between an adult's same-sex attraction and an increased likelihood of molesting children. a. True b. False 19. Lawrence v. Texas invalidated laws that criminalize certain sex acts. a. True b. False 20. Gay marriages are legal in 47 countries, the most recent being Philippines in 2019, the first country in Asia to legislate marriage equality, and El Salvador in 2020, the first Latin American nation to sanction same-sex marriages. a. True b. False

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 21. The argument that gay men and lesbians are "deviant" because they do not fulfill the main function of the family institution can be criticized on the basis that a. other institutions have supplemented the traditional functions of the family. b. increasing the population is a societal goal. c. same-sex couples cannot have children. d. same-sex couples do not want to fulfill the functions of the family. 22. Which of the following statements is true? a. There are no generational differences with regard to attitudes toward same-sex marriage. b. Older cohorts are more likely to support same-sex marriage than younger cohorts. c. Younger cohorts are more likely to support same-sex marriage than older cohorts. d. Older women are generally more accepting of same-sex marriage than younger men. 23. Rachel believes that same-sex relationships are not part of the natural design and are abnormal. Rachel accepts a. homophobia. b. heteronormativity. c. transgender identities. d. homosexism. 24. In 2020, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that workplace discrimination on the basis of LGBT status is a violation of Title VII of the a. Do No Harm Act. b. Civil Rights Act. c. Equality Act. d. Hate Crimes and Prevention Act. 25. Who are transgender individuals? a. People whose sense of gender identity is inconsistent with their assigned birth sex b. Gay men or lesbians c. People who are born with ambiguous genitalia d. People who are not attracted to anyone 26. Norm, a heterosexual man, was assigned to work with Phil, a gay man. Over time, Norm developed a more favorable attitude toward gay rights. This example illustrates a. the authoritarian personality. b. the contact hypothesis. c. the homophobia reversal hypothesis. d. functional theory.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 27. Which of the following is a common myth about non-heterosexual orientation? a. Gay men are more likely to be committed to their relationships than heterosexual men. b. Gay men are hypermasculine. c. Gay men are likely to be pedophiles. d. Non-heterosexuals are unlikely to engage in casual sex. 28. In June 2003, a Supreme Court decision in Lawrence v. Texas invalidated state laws that a. criminalize sodomy. b. prohibit same-sex marriage. c. prohibit same-sex couples from having or raising children. d. prohibit gay or lesbian individuals from receiving pensions upon the death of their partners. 29. Which statement is true regarding religion and gay and lesbian sexuality? a. All religions are opposed to same-sex relationships. b. The majority of individual Catholics are accepting of gay and lesbian sexuality. c. Acceptance of LGBT people is higher among older religious people than among younger religious people. d. There are no religious denominations in the United States that sanction same-sex marriage. 30. The master status of lesbians, gay men, and bisexual individuals is usually their a. occupation. b. family structure. c. community. d. sexual orientation. 31. Which of these terms is broadly defined as the hate or fear of or prejudice toward gay people? a. Heterosexism b. Heterophobia c. Homophobia d. Cisgenderism 32. Which type of variables should be taken into consideration when assessing the relationship between LGBT status and increased risk of substance abuse? a. Psychological b. Sociological c. Anthropological d. Ecological 33. Which of the following is true regarding the cause of sexual orientation? a. Genetic factors are the sole cause of sexual orientation. b. Gender role behavior in childhood is the sole cause of sexual orientation. c. Fraternal birth order is the sole cause of sexual orientation. d. There are no conclusive research findings that can explain the differences in sexual orientation.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 34. _____ is a ceremony in which LGBT graduates are honored and receive rainbow tassels for their caps. a. Pink Triangle Graduation b. Gay Graduation c. Lavender Graduation d. Together We Graduate 35. Of which type of crime are trans men and women more likely to be the victims? a. Violent b. Property c. White collar d. Cyber 36. How many Americans believe that gay and lesbian sexual orientation is something a person is born with? a. Less than 10 percent b. Almost half c. Almost all d. We have no way of knowing this. 37. Critics of SOCE include the American Medical Association, American Academy of Pediatrics, American Academy of Child Adolescent Psychiatry, American College of Physicians, American Counseling Association, American Psychological Association, American Association of Marriage and Family Therapy, National Association of Social Workers, the American School Counselor Association, and the American Psychiatric Association. All agree that a. sexual orientation cannot be changed. b. sexual orientation can be changed with intensive psychotherapy. c. efforts to change non-heterosexual orientations have been largely successful. d. sexual orientation is a learned preference. 38. Which of the following is a dimension of sexual orientation? a. Biological sex b. Emotional attraction c. Community definition d. Physical appearance 39. Which act would amend the Religious Freedom Restoration Act (RFRA) of 1993? a. The Do No Harm Act b. The Justice for Victims of Hate Crimes Act c. The Equality Act d. The Every Child Deserves a Family Act

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 40. The institution of marriage has changed over time along with changes in our attitudes about sexual diversity. Which theoretical perspective would be likely to consider the impact of the changes in marriage on the attitudes? a. Conflict theory b. Structural functionalism c. Symbolic interactionism d. LGBT theory 41. The _____ would protect businesses that discriminate against non-heterosexual couples based on religious grounds. a. First Amendment Defense Act b. Title XX Amendment c. EEOC guidelines d. Faithful Followers Program 42. When compared to their heterosexual peers, LGBT older people are a. less likely to live alone. b. more likely to have life partners or significant others. c. more likely to have children to provide care. d. less likely to have close relatives to call for help. 43. Which statement is true about the economic circumstances of LGBTQ individuals compared with non-LGBTQ individuals? a. LGBTQ individuals are more likely to have higher incomes. b. LGBTQ youth are less likely to be homeless. c. LGBTQ individuals, over the age of 65, are more likely to live in poverty. d. LGBT individuals are ineligible to receive survivor's benefits. 44. DOMA is no longer in effect because of a. legislative action by the Congress. b. Supreme Court decisions. c. a presidential executive order. d. individual state laws overriding the policy. 45. LGBT adults tend to score _____ others on most measures of social well-being. a. lower than b. higher than c. about the same as d. lower on a few measures but higher than

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 46. In 1973, the American Psychiatric Association changed the characterization of lesbian and gay statuses from disorder to a. disturbance. b. illness. c. syndrome. d. ailment. 47. When we use power to create a situation of inequality and negatively impact the well-being of others, we engage in a. transformation. b. acculturation. c. pluralism. d. oppression. 48. The _____ invalidated state laws that criminalize sodomy. a. Supreme Court decision in Lawrence v. Texas b. Defense of Marriage Act c. Supreme Court decision in Bowers v. Hardwick d. Don't Ask, Don't Tell policy 49. The idea that heterosexual individuals will have more favorable attitudes toward gay men and lesbians if they had prior contact with someone who is gay or a lesbian is known as a. the contact hypothesis. b. coming out. c. internalized homophobia. d. reparative therapy. 50. Which religious group was identified as being more likely to disapprove of gay and lesbian sexuality than Jews? a. Buddhists b. Muslims c. Christians d. Hindus 51. _____ is an action that denies equal treatment to others. a. Discrimination b. Prejudice c. Stereotyping d. Egocentrism

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 52. Which theoretical perspective is most likely to look at the importance of the terms we use to describe others who are not like us? a. Conflict theory b. Structural functionalism c. Symbolic interactionism d. LGBT theory 53. Emil and Johan live together in a _____, a legally recognized partnership that does not confer all of the rights of marriage. a. common law marriage b. pseudo marriage c. domestic partnership d. registered partnership 54. Which group is more likely to be more accepting of gay and lesbian sexuality than the others? a. Individuals who are liberal b. Individuals who are older c. Individuals who are uneducated d. Individuals who are religious 55. Which of the following does sodomy laws explicitly prohibit? a. Anal and oral sex b. Sex between unmarried adults c. Sex between adults and children d. Sex between people of close biological kin 56. Negative attitudes toward gay and lesbian sexuality are more likely among the a. more politically liberal. b. nonreligious. c. more religious. d. more educated. 57. Children raised by same-sex parents compared with those raised by different-sex parents a. are more likely to do well in school. b. are more likely to have problems with peers. c. are more likely to have substance abuse problems. d. are the same on most social outcome measures. 58. Which of the following is a latent function of the recognition of LGBT equality? a. More people actively participating in religion b. Economic sanctions imposed on areas that repress gay and lesbian sexual orientation c. The economic boom in areas that have recognized marriage equality d. Changing gender roles Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 59. The _____, if passed, would strengthen the enforcement of the HCPA and bring greater uniformity to state laws. a. Justice for Victims of Hate Crimes Act b. Do No Harm Act c. Equality Act d. Every Child Deserved a Family Act 60. Which of the following is a form of therapy dedicated to changing sexual orientation? a. Reparative therapy b. Straight therapy c. Psychosexual therapy d. Restyling therapy 61. Society is generally structured in a way that promotes power and privilege to heterosexuals. This is evidence of a. heterosexism. b. homophobia. c. homonegativity. d. sexual power. 62. The classification of individuals into sexual orientation categories is problematic because a. most individuals will fall somewhere along a continuum. b. orientation categories are distinct and mutually exclusive. c. sexual orientation involves only a single dimension. d. social science research is never valid. 63. Bisexuality refers to a. the predominance of emotional and sexual attraction to persons of the opposite sex. b. the predominance of emotional and sexual attraction to persons of the same sex. c. persons who look or act like they are gay but are really heterosexual. d. being attracted to members of both sexes. 64. Which mainline Protestant group is facing a divide over gay marriages and the ordination of the LGBTQ ministers? a. The Presbyterian Church b. The United Church of Christ c. The United Methodist Church d. The Episcopal Church 65. Proponents of same-sex marriage argue that a. banning same-sex marriage is a violation of civil rights. b. granting legal status conveys acceptance and approval. c. it is morally wrong. d. the children will suffer. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 66. The Matthew Shepard and James Byrd, Jr. Hate Crimes Prevention Act (HCPA) a. is yet to be signed into law. b. was introduced to protect heterosexuals from discrimination in the workplace. c. expands the original hate crime legislation to include hate crimes based on actual or perceived sexual orientation.

d. has been around for over 25 years. 67. _____ is a term referring to those whose gender identity is similar to their biological sex. a. Transgender b. Cisgender c. Heterosexual d. Inline gender 68. Steven was strongly encouraged by his parents to participate in a(n) _____ program designed to change his orientation from gay to heterosexual. a. SOCE b. Purpose in Life c. EOC d. FFS 69. The American Psychological Association concluded that efforts to change sexual orientation are a. usually successful. b. not usually successful. c. definitely harmful. d. not usually successful and may involve risk of harm. 70. Many cases of intimate partner violence among LGBT couples are not reported to the police because a. of laws prohibiting non-heterosexual sexuality. b. they fear further victimization. c. laws do not protect them. d. they want to protect the image of the LGBT community. 71. Disapproval of gay and lesbian sexuality is associated with a. being more educated. b. believing in the importance of rigid gender roles. c. believing it is an inborn characteristic. d. being nonreligious. 72. Studies of police treatment of gay men and lesbians have found that a. there is targeted and discriminatory enforcement of laws against LGBT people. b. police mistreatment occurs occasionally but is not widespread. c. all U.S. police departments provide training on hate crimes against gay men and lesbians. d. police victimization of gay men and lesbians is a federal offense. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 73. When compared with non-LGBT men and women, LGBT men and women a. have higher standards of living. b. are more likely to be able to afford basic necessities. c. have higher unemployment rates. d. are less likely to worry about finances. 74. _____ refers to a person whose sense of gender identity—masculine or feminine—is inconsistent with their birth sex. a. Asexual b. Lesbian c. Bisexual d. Transgender 75. Who is more likely to be prejudiced against LGBT individuals? a. Women more than men b. Younger individuals more than older individuals c. Democrats more than Republicans d. Men more than women 76. The 1996 Defense of Marriage Act a. recognized legal unions between same-sex couples. b. allowed states to recognize or not recognize same-sex marriages performed in other states. c. allowed states to annul same-sex marriages performed in other states. d. banned same-sex marriages. 77. According to the structural-functionalist perspective, same-sex sexual relations are defined as "deviant" because a. they do not fulfill the function of producing and rearing children. b. they contradict the dominant belief that women should submit to their husbands. c. these relationships are based on sexual gratification, not love. d. they reduce the number of eligible males in the dating and marriage market. 78. To which of the following does the term "LGBT" refer? a. Lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender individuals b. Heterosexuals who have a lot of lesbian, gay, and bisexual friends c. Persons who look or act like they are gay but are really heterosexual d. Individuals who are not sure if they are gay or bisexual 79. In general, countries throughout the world are moving toward a. condemning individuals found guilty of same-sex sexual behavior to the death penalty. b. criminalizing same-sex sexual behavior. c. increased legal protection of non-heterosexual individuals. d. allowing institutional discrimination based on sexual orientation.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 80. The term "_____" refers to the classification of individuals as heterosexual, bisexual, gay, lesbian, pansexual, and asexual based on their emotional and sexual attractions, self-identity, and relationships. a. gender identity b. sexual orientation c. gender d. transgender 81. The _____ expands the 1969 federal hate crimes law to include hate crimes based on actual or perceived sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, and disability. a. Matthew Shepard and James Byrd, Jr. Hate Crimes Prevention Act (HCPA) b. Employment Non-Discrimination Act (ENDA) c. Religious Freedom Restoration Act (RFRA) d. sexual orientation change efforts (SOCE) 82. Which statement sums up the general trajectory of the world regarding the treatment of sexual minorities? a. Countries throughout the world are moving toward increased legal protection of non-heterosexuals. b. Countries are more repressive than ever regarding same-sex relationships. c. No country punishes sexual minorities. d. All countries have laws prohibiting same-sex marriage and relationships. 83. In which aspect of American culture does anti-LGBTQ bias in the United States have its roots? a. Education b. Psychology c. Independence d. Competition 84. The predominance of emotional and sexual attraction to individuals of the opposite sex is referred to as a. heterosexuality. b. gay or lesbian sexuality. c. bisexuality. d. asexuality. 85. Which kind of corporation is likely to have gay-friendly policies? a. Those with competitors with gay-friendly policies b. Those whose competitors that oppose gay rights c. Those with only men on the board of directors d. Those in the more politically conservative states 86. "Treatments" to cure sexual orientation are called a. LGBT therapy. b. sexual orientation change efforts. c. reorientation plans. d. strategies to enhance heterosexuality. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 87. Safe Zone programs a. provide counseling services to LGBT students in grades K–12 and to their parents and siblings. b. identify college students, faculty, and staff who support LGBT students on their campuses. c. offer an alternative high school campus for LGBT students. d. help parents homeschool their LGBT children. 88. _____ U.S. adults believe LGBT employees should be protected against discrimination. a. Few b. Slightly over half of c. Most d. Virtually all 89. Which of these best describes what the Student Non-Discrimination Act would do if passed? a. It would prohibit discrimination in schools based on real or perceived sexual orientation or gender identity. b. It would call for a public school curriculum that includes LGBTQ persons and people with disabilities in the state's civic and social science classes.

c. It would amend the Civil Rights Act by replacing the word "sex" with "sex (including sexual orientation and gender identity)."

d. It would strengthen the enforcement of the Hate Crimes Prevention Act and bring greater uniformity to state laws. 90. Which statement is true regarding the punishment of same-gender sexual behavior throughout the world? a. The majority of nations in the world still criminalize same-sex relations. b. In some countries, same-sex sexual behavior is punishable by the death penalty. c. Countries throughout the world generally treat same-gender sexual behavior in the same way. d. Female same-gender sexual behavior is more likely to be criminalized than male same-gender sexual behavior. 91. Countries around the world have historically defined LGBTQ behavior as a symptom of _____ illness. a. mental b. physical c. emotional d. genetic 92. Which of these factors has likely contributed to lower self-reported rates of suicidal thoughts and attempts among transgender individuals? a. Living in a state that is politically conservative b. Having been ostracized by family and friends c. Having received hormone therapy or surgical medical care d. Living in a community where gender identity is viewed as taboo

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 93. Reparative therapy or conversion therapy refers to a. treatment of the mental depression that accompanies the realization that one is gay. b. programs designed to enlighten people and change their prejudices toward gay men and lesbians. c. programs dedicated to changing non-heterosexuals' sexual orientations. d. programs dedicated to helping parents, siblings, and children of gay men and lesbians accept their loved one's "choice" to be gay.

94. According to one negative myth about non-heterosexuals, non-heterosexuals lack _____ values. a. national b. family c. professional d. individualistic 95. With regard to sexual orientation, religious freedom laws aim for freedom to a. engage in any relationship one desires. b. discriminate against sexual minorities. c. marry within the Church. d. change the church doctrine. 96. According to conflict theorists, many business owners and corporate leaders support nondiscrimination policies because they believe such policies would a. prevent heterosexuals from purchasing their products or services. b. help them maintain a competitive edge in recruiting and maintaining a productive workforce. c. dilute the quality of their workers. d. create reverse discrimination against heterosexuals. 97. For which type of drug is self-reported illicit drug use among LGB adults the highest? a. Cocaine b. Marijuana c. Psychotherapeutic d. Hallucinogens 98. Which act would amend the Civil Rights Act by replacing the word "sex" with "sex (including sexual orientation and gender identity)"? a. The Justice for Victims of Hate Crimes Act b. The Do No Harm Act c. The Equality Act d. The Every Child Deserved a Family Act 99. A 2015 executive order prohibits discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation, protecting a. federal employees. b. all U.S. citizens in the workforce. c. all workers at any governmental level in the United States. d. employers who make decisions based on religious reasons. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 100. Which of these statements pertaining to the physical and mental health of LGBT individuals is true? a. LGBT men and women are more likely to have health insurance. b. LGBT youth are more likely to engage in healthy behaviors, such as regular exercise. c. LGBT men and women are less likely to be diagnosed with various types of cancers, such as prostate and ovarian.

d. LBGT men and women have higher rates of suicide. 101. In which of the following ways does gay and lesbian sexuality function to benefit society as a whole according to some structural functionalists' argument? a. Protest against gay and lesbian sexuality has shown society how valuable the traditional family is. b. Protest against gay and lesbian sexuality has increased religious affiliation and faith. c. Gay activism has advocated HIV/AIDS prevention strategies. d. Gay activism has increased unity among those who are opposed to this "deviant" lifestyle. 102. Survey research has found that the greatest barrier to receiving mental health care for LGBT youth was the a. inability to pay for it. b. limited availability of services. c. stigma associated with mental health. d. lack of education. 103. The concept of homophobia was considered a milestone because it crystallized the experience of _____. a. tolerance b. visibility c. hostility d. acceptance 104. The most common reason for someone to switch from an antigay marriage stance to a pro-gay marriage stance is a. knowing someone who is gay or a lesbian. b. the legalization of same-sex marriage. c. having family members who support gay rights. d. having religious leaders who support gay rights. 105. The term "_____" refers to a form of power and privilege accorded to heterosexuals. a. homophobia b. heterophobia c. heterosexism d. homosexism 106. A female who prefers other females as partners is a a. lesbian. b. pansexual. c. transgender. d. cross-dresser. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 107. The various attempts to change a person's sexual orientation are known collectively as _____ by the American Psychological Association. a. sexual orientation change efforts b. gay therapy c. scared straight programs d. sexual reestablishment initiatives 108. Research findings demonstrate that a. sexual orientation is clearly genetic. b. sexual orientation is the same as gender identity. c. differences in sexual orientation are likely caused by early life experiences. d. no conclusive findings suggest that sexual orientation can be explained by any particular factor. 109. Large national organizations such as the Child Welfare League of America and the American Psychological Association a. are against allowing same-sex couples to foster children. b. have supported acts affirming that same-sex couples should not be allowed to have children living with them. c. state that a parent's sexual orientation has nothing to do with their ability to be a good parent. d. believe children of same-sex couples need constant therapy. 110. Which of these factors was identified as having been predictive of LGBT substance abuse? a. Victimization b. Developmental age c. Cultural norms d. Media representation 111. LGBTQ rights have recently been set back in a. Russia. b. the United States. c. Canada. d. the Netherlands. 112. Gay-Straight Alliances (GSAs) are a. support groups for bisexual individuals and their partners. b. political action committees that lobby for legal protection for lesbians and gay men. c. marriages in which one person is gay and the other person is straight. d. school-sponsored clubs that address antigay harassment and promote respect. 113. _____ refers to negative attitudes. a. Prejudice b. Discrimination c. Segregation d. Genderism Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 114. Which act, if passed, would prohibit public child welfare agencies from discriminating on the basis of sexual orientation, gender identity, or marital status? a. The Do No Harm Act b. The Justice for Victims of Hate Crimes Act c. The Every Child Deserves a Family Act d. The Equality Act 115. Opponents of same-sex marriage argue that a. marriage is a social construction that comes in many forms across societies and throughout history. b. same-sex marriages would subvert the integrity of the family institution. c. banning same-sex marriage is a violation of civil rights. d. children in same-sex families would benefit from same-sex marriage. 116. What is DOMA? What has happened to it in recent years?

117. What is reparative therapy or conversion therapy?

118. Why are anti-discrimination policies that include sexual orientation often good for the bottom line of businesses?

119. Explain the arguments for and against same-sex marriage.

120. Describe the laws regarding gay and lesbian sexual orientation and child custody, visitation, and adoption, and discuss research on gay and lesbian parenting.

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 121. How does antigay hate and harassment affect school children?

122. In what ways have religions changed in their views on gay and lesbian sexual orientation and same-sex marriage?

123. Describe the problem of harassment and discrimination against LGBT individuals in schools and on campuses. What are some strategies that could be used to address this problem?

124. Explain the symbolic interactionist view of gay and lesbian sexual orientation.

125. Identify and describe the consequences of being the victim of sexual harassment and discrimination based on sexual orientation or gender identity.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e Answer Key 1. True 2. True 3. False 4. True 5. True 6. True 7. False 8. False 9. True 10. True 11. False 12. True 13. True 14. True 15. True 16. True 17. True 18. False 19. True 20. False 21. a 22. c 23. b 24. b 25. a 26. b

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 27. c 28. a 29. b 30. d 31. c 32. b 33. d 34. c 35. a 36. b 37. a 38. b 39. a 40. b 41. a 42. d 43. c 44. b 45. a 46. a 47. d 48. a 49. a 50. b 51. a 52. c 53. c 54. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 55. a 56. c 57. d 58. c 59. a 60. a 61. a 62. a 63. d 64. c 65. a 66. c 67. b 68. a 69. d 70. b 71. b 72. a 73. c 74. d 75. d 76. b 77. a 78. a 79. c 80. b 81. a 82. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 83. b 84. a 85. a 86. b 87. b 88. c 89. a 90. b 91. a 92. c 93. c 94. b 95. b 96. b 97. b 98. c 99. a 100. d 101. c 102. a 103. c 104. a 105. c 106. a 107. a 108. d 109. c 110. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 11_11e 111. a 112. d 113. a 114. c 115. b 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. Economic development is associated with greater gender equality. a. True b. False 2. All countries in the world are working to decrease their population. a. True b. False 3. The term "ageism" refers to the respect and power accorded to older individuals in some societies. a. True b. False 4. Pronatalism refers to the cultural value of family planning and freedom in reproductive choices. a. True b. False 5. Poverty leads to high fertility. a. True b. False 6. Ageism refers to the positive stereotyping of the people aged 65 or older. a. True b. False 7. The abortion rate is similar in regions with legal abortion and in regions with restrictive abortion. a. True b. False 8. Rapid population growth is a contributing factor to global insecurity. a. True b. False 9. Social Security taxes are raised yearly to reflect cost of living adjustments. a. True b. False 10. The least developed countries of the world have the highest rates of fertility. a. True b. False 11. The textbook cites climate change among the world's top five environmental problems. a. True b. False

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 12. In most countries, lack of access to contraception is the main reason for not using it. a. True b. False 13. Age discrimination is the easiest form of discrimination for the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) to prove. a. True b. False 14. The aging of the population is due, in part, to declining fertility rates. a. True b. False 15. Brazil is the country with the largest population in the world. a. True b. False 16. Social Security policies reduce the need to have children. a. True b. False 17. Fertility rates have significantly increased throughout the world. a. True b. False 18. High infant and child mortality rates contribute to population increase in impoverished countries. a. True b. False 19. The U.S. population is expected to continue to increase through 2050. a. True b. False 20. As fertility rates decline, the elderly support ratio decreases. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 21. Which statement best characterizes the world's aging population trends? a. The next 50 years will see a large increase in older people throughout the world. b. The world's population will not age as quickly as the U.S. population will. c. Although the world's population is old now, the aging of the world's population will end soon. d. The share of the world's population that is older will decrease in the coming years.

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 22. Adults 65 and over make up about _____ percent of the world's population. a. 3 b. 9 c. 15 d. 18 23. Young job seekers are _____ to be offered a job interview compared with older job seekers with similar resumes. a. more likely b. less likely c. equally likely d. less likely, depending on the attitude they present, 24. Conflict theorists argue that _____ contributes to population growth in many less developed countries. a. female subordination b. food and water supply c. bribery d. environmental destruction 25. A 401(k) plan is different from a pension in that a. pensions provide a guaranteed income. b. 401(k) plans do not require the employee to contribute to the plan. c. 401(k) plans are outdated and no longer exist. d. pension plans come only from private employers. 26. _____ has had to relax its immigration laws because the number of new workers is not keeping pace with the number of older adults who are retiring. a. The United States b. China c. India d. Japan 27. By 2050, there will only be _____ working adults for every adult aged 65 and over. a. 2 b. 4 c. 6 d. 8 28. What is the main source of funding for Social Security? a. Private donations b. Payments by workers c. Investments in foreign companies d. Fees paid by insurance companies Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 29. The environmental footprint of an average person in a high-income country is _____ than that of someone in a low-income country. a. much smaller b. slightly smaller c. slightly larger d. much larger 30. Which age group has the highest rate of voting? a. 18–29 b. 35–45 c. 46–59 d. 60 and older 31. The two types of retirement plans are a. traditional pensions with defined benefit and defined contribution plans. b. Social Security and pension. c. savings accounts and IRAs. d. Medicaid and Medicare. 32. The ratio of working-age adults to adults aged 65 and older in a population is called the a. elderly support ratio. b. sandwich generation. c. age-specific ratio. d. demographic transition. 33. _____ is based on a person’s perceived chronological age and refers to negative stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination. a. Old person syndrome b. Youth culture c. Ageism d. Baby Boomers 34. Which perspective emphasizes the importance of social meanings and definitions of aging? a. Conflict b. Functionalist c. Symbolic interactionist d. Feminist 35. Countries with below-replacement fertility levels a. often have policies to reduce fertility levels. b. often have policies to keep fertility levels stable. c. often have policies to increase fertility levels. d. typically do not have any policies related to fertility. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 36. By 2025, _____ of the world's population will be living in countries with water scarcity. a. one-fourth b. one-third c. half d. two-thirds 37. The 80 and older population is expected to _____ in size between 2019 and 2050. a. remain stable b. double c. triple d. quadruple 38. Many developing countries today are characterized by a youth bulge, which means a high proportion of a. children ages 0 to 5 relative to children between 6 and 17. b. 6- to 12-year-olds relative to younger and older children. c. children ages 0–17 relative to the adult population. d. 15- to 29-year-olds relative to the remaining adult population. 39. According to the demographic transition theory, industrialization led to a decline in mortality because of a. improved sanitation. b. availability of birth control. c. decreased pollution. d. improvements in transportation. 40. Which of the following has historically promoted pronatalism in a society? a. Religion b. Government c. Capitalism d. Urbanization 41. Van's individual effect on the quality of the Earth's environment is his a. global contribution. b. environmental footprint. c. pollution contribution. d. environmental impact statement. 42. According to the demographic transition theory, fertility rates decline in industrialized societies because of a. the increased economic value of children. b. the increased survival rates of infants and children. c. parasitic and infectious diseases due to unsafe water supplies. d. increased infertility in females due to pollution.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 43. A person's environmental footprint is determined most significantly by a. the number of children that person has. b. the population growth rate in that person's country. c. the patterns of production and consumption in that person's culture. d. the patterns of violence in that person's society. 44. Working age within developed countries typically encompasses individuals who are a. 20 to 60. b. 18 to 65. c. 20 to 64. d. 18 to 70. 45. How many U.S. households will not have enough retirement income to maintain their standard of living at the same level it was before retirement? a. None, due to the support from Social Security b. Only a few c. About half d. Close to all 46. Retirees can claim Social Security benefits beginning at age a. 45. b. 55. c. 60. d. 62. 47. Which of the following is a form of ageism? a. Believing old people are slow and grumpy b. Speaking too softly to older people c. Paying women less than men d. Including older individuals from advertising and educational materials 48. Malta is shorter than she ought to be for her age—a condition known as a. child wasting. b. child stunting. c. undernourishment. d. food insecurity. 49. _____ refers to the generation of people who care for their aging parents while also taking care of their children. a. Ageism b. Baby Boomers c. The greatest generation d. The sandwich generation Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 50. Most scholars agree that globally, the world has _____ resources to support its population. a. an abundance of b. enough c. less than enough d. inconsistent 51. The environmental footprint refers to a. the effect of a polluting factory on the environment. b. the degree of resource depletion per year in the world. c. how much each individual affects the environment. d. the degradation of the ecosystem in a 100-year period. 52. The world's fastest growing age group is a. older adults 65 and over. b. children under 18. c. individuals 35–44 years of age. d. 18- to 25-year-olds. 53. Children of the Baby Boomers are known as a. Baby Boomlets. b. Boomer juniors. c. Generation Z. d. millennials. 54. _____ occurs when older adults are not included in advertising and educational materials. a. Elder abuse b. Ageism by invisibility c. The youth bulge d. Age ignorance 55. The replacement-level fertility is a. 1.0. b. 1.8. c. 2.0. d. 2.1. 56. In developing countries, the primary status of women is that of a. wife and mother. b. farmhand. c. factory worker. d. daughter.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 57. _____ are the generation of Americans born between 1946 and 1964. a. The Greatest Generation b. Baby Boomers c. Generation Z d. Generation X 58. In which of the following can evidence that modern societies downplay the value of their elders be seen? a. Many people will continue to work after retirement because they want to. b. Older people make up one of the most powerful political demographics. c. Older people are often respected for their knowledge and experience. d. Millions of Americans buy treatments or products to make them look younger than they are. 59. In what way have Social Security benefits changed? a. The age at which one can receive full benefits increased. b. The age at which one can first receive benefits decreased. c. Funding was outsourced to private companies. d. Administration was outsourced to private companies. 60. By the end of this century, global life expectancy is expected to be about a. 65. b. 75. c. 83. d. 100. 61. Tara believes older people are too slow, can't drive, and shouldn't be working. This example illustrates a. ageism. b. racism. c. age harassment. d. elderphobia. 62. To which of the following factors has the second demographic transition been linked in part? a. Subordination of women in less developed countries b. Lack of access to effective contraception c. The rise of individualism and materialism d. Proportionately higher populations of adults 65 or older in developed countries 63. The percentage of older people in the world population is expected to _____ between the years 2015 to 2050. a. decrease b. increase slightly c. nearly double d. remain the same

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 64. A graph that shows the number of men and women in each age group is known as a. a population pyramid. b. mortality rate. c. birth rate. d. demographic transition. 65. The amount of Social Security benefits a person receives is based on a. how much money they need. b. a predefined formula guaranteeing equality. c. how much money is available. d. how much money that person earned during their working history. 66. China's one-child policy a. has been ineffective in reducing population growth. b. has created an imbalanced sex ratio of more females than males. c. allows rural couples to have a second child if their first child was a girl. d. decreased the country's economic productivity. 67. The Baby Boomlets are _____ percent larger than the Baby Boomers. a. 30 b. 40 c. 50 d. 60 68. In 2018, the population of older adults outnumbered the population of children under 5 a. for the first time in 50 years. b. for the first time in 100 years. c. for the first time in 150 years. d. for the first time ever. 69. Negative stereotypes about older adults (e.g., slow, grumpy, and poor drivers) result from a. youth culture. b. functionalism. c. youth bulge. d. ageism. 70. The demand for farmland has a. remained stable. b. increased slightly. c. decreased slightly. d. never been higher.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 71. The largest country in population in the world today is a. the United States. b. China. c. India. d. Indonesia. 72. The _____ is the average lifetime number of births per woman in a population. a. total fertility rate b. crude birth rate c. refined birth rate d. average maternal rate 73. A close analysis reveals that a. Social Security is not "broke" but long-term changes are needed. b. Social Security is "broke" and cannot be fixed. c. Social Security will be insolvent by the end of the decade. d. Social Security benefits will dwindle to a bare minimum in the next 10–20 years. 74. Which perspective views the older adults as a special interest group that competes with younger people for scarce resources? a. Conflict b. Functionalist c. Symbolic interactionist d. Feminist 75. Which is a strategy suggested by your text to help curb population growth? a. Improving the status of women b. Limiting access to family planning c. Increasing participation in religion d. Having government policies that support pronatalism 76. According to _____, population growth patterns are associated with industrialization. a. conflict theorists b. the demographic transition theory c. symbolic interactionists d. the population momentum theory 77. Which of the following is a way in which countries have tried to increase their population growth? a. Paying a bonus to families that have babies b. Offering a monetary reward to women who have only one child c. Creating policies to require employment of mothers d. Increasing access to birth control

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 78. According to the text, the greatest need in developing countries in regard to family planning is a. access. b. education. c. keeping men out of the decisions. d. providing women with an incentive. 79. The demographic transition theory describes how _____ has affected population growth. a. changing ecological balance b. climate change c. HIV/AIDS d. industrialization 80. Youth bulges in impoverished countries are associated with a. political unrest and violence. b. educational reform. c. industrial development. d. growing consumer markets. 81. Childfree couples a. are usually less educated. b. are usually more religious. c. tend to live in rural areas. d. often do not adhere to traditional gender ideology. 82. _____ is reflected in fertility worship and religious prohibitions of birth control. a. Ageism b. Pronatalism c. Child deprivation d. Birthism 83. Agricultural societies have _____ birth rates and _____ mortality rates. a. high; high b. high; low c. low; high d. low; low 84. What is the main problem with an aging population? a. Older people control politics because of their large numbers. b. Older people refuse to leave jobs, resulting in fewer openings for young people. c. The large numbers of older adults engender resentment among the young. d. As the proportion of older people increases in a population, fewer working-age adults support the older population.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 85. Which perspective emphasizes the social changes in the workforce and federal programs as a result of the growing population of adults over 65 years of age? a. Conflict b. Structural-functionalist c. Symbolic interactionist d. Feminist 86. In which part of the world is the ratio of working-age adults to older adults the lowest? a. Africa b. Less developed regions c. Latin America d. More developed regions 87. One way to investigate the extent to which the care of those over 65 is a priority in a nation is to examine the a. mortality rate. b. gross domestic product. c. pronatalism. d. poverty level. 88. In 2015, the world population was a. 2.6 billion. b. 4.0 billion. c. 7.3 billion. d. 9.1 billion. 89. Life expectancy in the United States varies significantly by gender and a. region. b. race. c. socioeconomic status. d. occupation. 90. The aging of the world's population is due, in part, to a. increased longevity. b. less deadly warfare. c. new religious beliefs. d. longstanding policies encouraging childbirth. 91. Youth bulges are the result of high fertility rates as well as a. high mortality for adults older than 65. b. declining rates of infant mortality. c. lower life expectancies. d. high adult mortality from HIV/AIDS or war.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 92. Pronatalism is a cultural value that promotes a. cleanliness. b. having children. c. growing old. d. good health. 93. As population has increased globally, deaths due to famine have a. remained stable. b. increased. c. decreased. d. become more difficult to track. 94. A condition in which children weigh less than they should for their age is known as _____. a. child wasting b. child stunting c. undernourishment d. food insecurity 95. Globally speaking, one in _____ people are moderately to severely food insecure. a. three b. four c. five d. ten 96. The number of live births per _____ people within a calendar year is known as the birth rate. a. 100 b. 1,000 c. 10,000 d. 100,000 97. _____ is calculated as the number of working-age people divided by the number of people 65 or older. a. Social Security b. Baby Boomers c. The elderly support ratio d. Retirement age 98. Symbolic interactionists highlight the idea that a. quality of life among older adults can be objectified. b. negative labels such as "geezer" reflect ageism. c. definitions of old age are consistent throughout the decades. d. older people today have little political power.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 99. The second demographic transition refers to a. increases in fertility levels due to increased food supplies and improved sanitation. b. decreases in population growth due to higher mortality levels, such as from AIDS/HIV. c. increase in population growth due to immigration from undeveloped to developed countries. d. fall of fertility levels to below the two-child replacement level. 100. Economic development can slow population growth because a. it reduces infant and child mortality. b. it increases education of men. c. it increases the economic value of children. d. it provides media exposure to values that promote pronatalism. 101. John was laid off from his job because the management felt that at his age (64), he was too expensive. John was a victim of a. age discrimination. b. pronatalism. c. elderism. d. reverse discrimination. 102. If every country in the world achieved replacement-level fertility, population growth would a. decrease. b. stabilize immediately. c. continue to grow for about two or three years. d. continue to grow for several decades. 103. Conflict theorists argue that food shortages result from _____. a. overpopulation b. war c. lack of public investment in agricultural research d. inequitable distribution of power and resources 104. Population momentum refers to population growth as a result of a. high immigration. b. current high fertility rates. c. large numbers of young women entering their childbearing years. d. large numbers of men in the population. 105. Improving educational and occupational opportunities for women reduces population growth because a. educated women are more likely to marry earlier than less educated women. b. educated women are less likely to use contraception. c. greater education is related to more traditional roles in the family. d. educated women are more likely to want fewer children.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 106. The growth of the older adult population is happening a. only in Western Europe. b. all over the world. c. only in Asia. d. in developing countries. 107. According to Malthusian theory, a. improved agricultural technology would eliminate food shortages, which, in turn, would accelerate population growth.

b. food shortages and consequent population decline among the masses would occur because the rich would take the food surplus from people whose incomes are below the poverty line.

c. food shortages due to population growth would lead to war, disease, and starvation and ultimately a slower population growth.

d. modern medicine would decrease the mortality rate and increase the fertility rate, thus creating massive overpopulation.

108. Which of the following statements best describes Americans' use of Social Security? a. While many people receive Social Security benefits, very few Americans actually rely on them to meet basic needs.

b. Social Security, although not intended to be the sole source of funds during retirement, provides more than half of retirement income for many Americans.

c. Social Security provides enough money so that most Americans do not have to worry about saving for retirement. d. Social Security only pays funds to retired Americans. 109. World System Theory examines the unequal distribution of _____ at the global level. a. wealth b. labor c. medical care d. freedom 110. For most of human history, population growth was restricted by a. violence. b. disease and limited food supply. c. climate and natural disasters. d. low fertility rates. 111. The country with the lowest elderly support ratio in the world is a. the United States. b. China. c. Japan. d. Canada.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 112. What is the total fertility rate? a. The number of children born per 1,000 population b. The number of births per 1,000 women ages 15–55 c. The average number of births a woman will have over the course of her life d. Births minus deaths in a country during a given year 113. Which piece of legislation makes it illegal to discriminate against people because of their age with respect to hiring, firing, promotion, and layoffs, among other things? a. The Social Security Act b. The Age Discrimination in Employment Act c. The Employment Non-Discrimination Act d. The Civil Rights Act 114. Higher population growth in developing countries is largely because of a. immigration from other countries. b. a larger population base. c. a larger population base of young women. d. higher fertility rates. 115. _____ is a federal program providing income in the event of retirement, disability, or death. a. Food stamps b. Social Security c. Medicaid d. TANF 116. What is the second demographic transition and what are its causes?

117. What are the contributing factors to the youth bulge in some countries?

118. Based on the available evidence, would you argue that Social Security is in crisis?

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 119. Compare and contrast the structural-functionalist, conflict, and symbolic interactionist perspectives of population growth.

120. Why will economic development slow population growth?

121. How is poverty related to fertility?

122. Who are the Baby Boomers?

123. How is Social Security funded?

124. Why is the status of women important to understanding and controlling population growth?

125. What is the source of population momentum?

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e Answer Key 1. True 2. False 3. False 4. False 5. True 6. False 7. True 8. True 9. False 10. True 11. True 12. False 13. False 14. True 15. False 16. True 17. False 18. True 19. True 20. True 21. a 22. b 23. a 24. a 25. a 26. d

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 27. b 28. b 29. d 30. d 31. a 32. a 33. c 34. c 35. c 36. d 37. c 38. d 39. a 40. a 41. b 42. b 43. c 44. c 45. c 46. d 47. a 48. b 49. d 50. b 51. c 52. a 53. a 54. b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 55. d 56. a 57. b 58. d 59. a 60. c 61. a 62. c 63. c 64. a 65. d 66. c 67. d 68. d 69. d 70. d 71. b 72. a 73. a 74. a 75. a 76. b 77. a 78. b 79. d 80. a 81. d 82. b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 83. a 84. d 85. b 86. d 87. b 88. c 89. b 90. a 91. b 92. b 93. c 94. a 95. b 96. b 97. c 98. b 99. d 100. a 101. a 102. d 103. d 104. c 105. d 106. b 107. c 108. b 109. a 110. b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 12_11e 111. c 112. c 113. b 114. d 115. b 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. About one-third of the household garbage in the United States is composted or recycled. a. True b. False 2. People whose incomes are below the poverty line are more likely to be affected adversely by environmental degradation than the wealthy are. a. True b. False 3. Low-income nations, because of the general lack of development, have the highest environmental footprint. a. True b. False 4. Most lead in the environment currently comes from the use of lead-based paints. a. True b. False 5. The supply of safe drinking water is increasing around the world as the polar ice cap melts. a. True b. False 6. Our commitment to militarism has negatively impacted the environment. a. True b. False 7. Environmental degradation affects sports and recreation only through the governmental restrictions placed on the public. a. True b. False 8. Industrial emissions tend to be highest in the more advanced industrial countries. a. True b. False 9. The major cause of global warming is greenhouse gases. a. True b. False 10. Air pollution is now considered the world's most significant environmental health risk. a. True b. False

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 11. Tar sands yield a dirty form of oil that must be cleaned before it can be used. a. True b. False 12. Most scientists throughout the world agree that the climate system is getting warmer. a. True b. False 13. The misinformation campaign to deny global warming is funded mostly by the fossil fuel industry. a. True b. False 14. Floods contribute to the spread of disease. a. True b. False 15. Most ethanol in the United States is produced from corn. a. True b. False 16. In recent years, we have experienced more and larger forest fires. This increase has been linked to global warming. a. True b. False 17. Environmental racism refers to the tendency for marginalized populations and communities to disproportionately experience adversity due to environmental problems. a. True b. False 18. The giant panda is an example of charismatic megafauna. a. True b. False 19. The Earth Liberation Front is an agency of the United Nations. a. True b. False 20. Green energy forms include wind power. a. True b. False

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 21. The _____ refers to individuals and groups that employ illegal or unconventional means to protect wildlife and the environment. a. religious environmentalism plan b. radical environmental movement c. campus environmental crusade d. green movement 22. Global increases in carbon dioxide concentration are due primarily to a. nuclear waste. b. the chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) used in spray cans, refrigerators, and air conditioners. c. the use of fossil fuels. d. fumigants for crops and pest control. 23. Which country has the highest per capita emissions of carbon dioxide? a. Russia b. Mexico c. China d. The United States 24. Which of the following is one of the effects of global warming? a. The increasing size of the polar ice caps b. Fewer forest fires c. Increased biodiversity d. Extreme weather conditions 25. Biomass energy comes from a. plant and animal products. b. water sources. c. wind. d. nuclear power. 26. The ozone layer of the Earth's atmosphere a. creates acid rain. b. contributes to indoor air pollution. c. causes skin cancer. d. absorbs harmful radiation from the sun. 27. Green energy refers to a. energy that is renewable and nonpolluting. b. the burning of virgin forests in developing countries. c. untapped oil reserves below the ocean floor. d. the use of animal power to plow fields. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 28. Which of the following is a fossil fuel? a. Petroleum b. Hydropower c. Solar energy d. Biomass 29. Rising sea levels are due to the thermal expansion of seawater as it warms and a. more rainfall. b. melting glaciers and ice sheets. c. reduced boat activity. d. more dumping of waste into the water. 30. Under cap and trade programs, industries can a. buy and sell carbon credits. b. take their most polluting factories overseas. c. lobby Congress for special allowances to pollute. d. use federal tax dollars to cut pollution at their manufacturing plants. 31. Which of the following is mentioned in the textbook as a major cause of increased demand for water? a. Use of water filters in kitchen faucets and refrigerators b. Industrialization c. Increased use of solar power d. Increased production of sugary drinks and sodas 32. Ecoterrorism is a. business or corporate actions that destroy a habitat of at least 250 species. b. using threats or illegal force to protect the environment. c. business or corporate actions that put human life at risk in the pursuit of profit. d. crimes committed by individuals that destroy a habitat of at least 250 species. 33. People who do not accept the scientific consensus that climate change and global warming are real are known as a. change analysts. b. human rights advocates. c. flat-earthers. d. climate deniers. 34. Green revolving funds are a. funds dedicated to financing cost-saving, energy-efficiency upgrades at colleges and universities. b. federal dollars earmarked for environmental research and development. c. political action committees designed to lobby for the environment. d. international banks that lend money for environmental projects.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 35. Most cancer researchers believe _____ may be the major cause of cancer. a. the environment b. genetic predispositions c. stress d. drugs and alcohol abuse 36. The world's energy derives mostly from a. fossil fuels. b. hydropower. c. nuclear energy. d. new renewables. 37. The link between global warming and climate change has been recognized a. for decades. b. within the last decade. c. since the turn of the 21st century. d. since 1900. 38. Choosing not to recycle because of the inconvenience of washing and sorting items is an example of the cultural value of _____, which contributes to environmental problems. a. consumerism b. individualism c. familism d. militarism 39. Global warming is caused mainly by a. greenhouse gases that accumulate in the atmosphere. b. changes in the Earth's orbit around the sun. c. increases in the use of solar energy. d. the collective body heat given off by increasing populations. 40. The demands humanity makes on the Earth's natural resources are called the a. eco-cost. b. environmental footprint. c. environmental trade-off. d. ecological drain. 41. Greenwashing involves the manipulation of a. natural resources. b. technology. c. research methods. d. public perception.

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 42. "Dead zones" are uninhabitable to marine organisms. This is mainly due to a. global warming. b. the dumping of nuclear waste. c. the fertilizer runoff from agricultural land. d. acid rain. 43. Sufferers of _____ often avoid public places and/or wear a protective breathing filter to avoid inhaling the many chemical substances in the environment. a. chemical threshold disorder b. compound substance intolerance c. air sensitivity syndrome d. multiple chemical sensitivity 44. More than 90 percent of scientists believe global warming is caused mostly by a. human activity. b. natural changes in the environment. c. animal activity. d. changes in the sun's temperature. 45. Which of the following does the term "e-waste" refer to? a. Waste from electronic equipment b. Excessive waste c. Elimination of waste d. Energy-producing waste 46. Which of the following cultural values in the United States is least likely to contribute to environmental problems? a. Familism b. Individualism c. Militarism d. Consumerism 47. The belief that humans are the masters of creation instead of just one species among millions is known as a. creationism. b. human supremacy. c. solipsism. d. human dominance. 48. Desertification refers to the a. depletion of water supplies due to the irrigation of farmlands. b. expansion of a desert when semiarid land is further damaged. c. conversion of forestlands to nonforestlands. d. depletion of greenways due to the paving of sidewalks, streets, and parking lots. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 49. In comparison with 1960, in 2017, each U.S. citizen generated _____ garbage on an average day. a. more b. less c. about the same amount of d. almost no 50. The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change was charged with addressing the reduction of a. greenhouse gases. b. plastic waste. c. global warming. d. ozone layer depletion. 51. The world today is _____ degree(s) Celsius warmer than it was in the middle of the 19th century. a. 1 b. 2 c. 5 d. 10 52. _____ refer to relationships between forms of life and the environments they inhabit. a. Biomasses b. Ecosystems c. Brownfields d. Green systems 53. In the United States, the effects of climate change can be seen via a. the increased prevalence of natural disasters. b. rising water levels. c. poisoned food supplies. d. greenhouse gas emissions. 54. Which of the following are common indoor air pollutants in affluent countries? a. Neon lights b. Electrical sources of heat c. Paints d. Brownfields 55. Which of the following does planned obsolescence contribute to? a. Overpopulation b. Greenwashing c. Ever-increasing amounts of waste d. Bioinvasion

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 56. Green energy jobs consistently produce salaries that are _____ for workers. a. below the poverty line b. right at the cost of living c. consistently above the median income d. above $100,000 per year 57. Which of the following problems is desertification associated with? a. Acid rain b. Urban migration c. Biodiversity d. Severe flooding 58. Cultural values supporting _____ are prime contributors to environmental problems. a. equality b. individualism c. antinatalism d. subsistence 59. Air pollutants mix with _____ to form acid rain. a. CFCs b. pesticides c. precipitation d. solid waste 60. The major environmental problems facing the world today are linked to the production and use of a. fossil fuels. b. hydropower. c. solar energy. d. hydroelectric power. 61. The world's temperature is increasing at _____ the rate it was 50 years ago. a. one-and-a-half times b. twice c. triple d. four times 62. Which of the following is a radical environmental group? a. Together We Stand b. Environmental Defense c. The Earth Liberation Front d. The National Association of Evangelicals

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 63. Emissions need to drop by _____ percent between 2020 and 2030 to reach net-zero emissions by 2050. a. 25 b. 40 c. 50 d. 75 64. Multiple chemical sensitivity (MCS) refers to a condition whereby individuals experience adverse reactions when exposed to a. above the EPA-recommended limits of greenhouse gases. b. above the EPA-recommended limits of toxic metal residues and toxic chemicals. c. above the World Health Organization-recommended limits of chlorofluorocarbons. d. housecleaning products and other everyday chemicals. 65. The main concern over fracking revolves around the use of a. massive amounts of water. b. carbon monoxide. c. acids. d. biomass energy. 66. The greenhouse gases are primarily carbon dioxide, methane, and a. hydrogen. b. carbon monoxide. c. nitrous oxide. d. nitrogen. 67. _____ is the term given to the view that maintaining the Earth's natural systems should take precedence over human needs, that nature has a value independent of human existence. a. Environmentalism b. Deep ecology c. Religious environmentalism d. Environmental modification 68. The greenhouse effect refers to a concentration of gases in the Earth's atmosphere that cause a. heat to be unable to escape the Earth. b. water levels to rise in the world's oceans. c. animals to die at alarming rates. d. vegetation to grow unevenly.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 69. Which of the following environmental problems are chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs)—used in refrigerators, air conditioners, spray cans, and other applications—associated with? a. Destruction of the ozone layer b. Desertification c. Deforestation d. Environmental injustice 70. The depletion of the ozone layer causes a. skin cancer and cataracts. b. acid rain. c. mass extinction. d. global warfare. 71. Which of the following is true about the relationship between industrialization and the environment? a. Industrialization has been largely beneficial for the environment. b. Industrialization has caused the development of new technologies that have improved the environment. c. Many of the environmental problems confronting the world are associated with industrialization and economic development.

d. Industrialization has had no discernible effect on the environment. 72. Increased use of ethanol has resulted in a. higher food prices. b. decreased use and run-off of fertilizers. c. less use of pesticides. d. less depletion of water resources. 73. _____ of the world's population live in areas of physical water stress or scarcity. a. Less than one percent b. About one-third c. Well over half d. Almost all 74. Renewable resources include a. tar sands. b. offshore drilling. c. fracking. d. biomass. 75. The European Union's carbon dioxide emissions have a. remained the same over the last 20 years. b. declined since 2007. c. rapidly increased over the last decade. d. been inconsistently measured because of changes in their laws. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 76. Coral bleaching is responsible for a. unsafe boat travel. b. rising water levels. c. poisoning fish. d. greenhouse gas emission. 77. All of the fish have died in one-third of the lakes in New York's Adirondack Mountains because of a. acid rain. b. global warming. c. the destruction of the ozone layer. d. overfishing. 78. Jamie's SUV was five years old and needed a new fuel pump. Instead of having the mechanic fix their older car, they bought a new one. This aligns most closely with the value of a. individualism. b. consumerism. c. militarism. d. Environmentalism. 79. The largest single social movement in the United States is likely a. the environmental movement. b. the Occupy movement. c. the American Association of Retired People. d. the ASPCA. 80. A person's environmental footprint is determined by a. the number of children that person has. b. the patterns of production and consumption in that person's culture. c. the amount of food that person grows. d. the number of trees that person chops down. 81. More than half of the solid waste in the United States is a. recycled. b. taken to landfills. c. converted into energy by incinerators. d. biodegradable. 82. Exposure to indoor air pollution increases the risk of a. lung cancer. b. sickle-cell anemia. c. hearing loss. d. carpal tunnel syndrome.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 83. Scientists agree that the single greatest environmental threat to the globe is a. a lack of recycling. b. plastic in the oceans. c. global warming. d. ozone layer depletion. 84. If everyone lived as the people of India do, we would a. all have excess resources. b. be recycling more than we are using. c. need five planet Earths to meet the demand. d. need economic restructuring. 85. Biofuels are derived from a. fossil fuels. b. agricultural crops. c. animal waste. d. burning forests. 86. The idea that environmental regulation hurts jobs in the long run is a. consistently supported by research. b. not supported by the evidence. c. true in some areas of the world. d. fairly inconclusive at this point. 87. According to the textbook, religious groups increasingly a. support depletion of other species because of their belief that humans are superior. b. believe that concern for the environment takes people's attention away from God. c. view environmental degradation as a problem. d. believe that global warming is an act of God. 88. "Cap and trade programs" provide economic incentives to a. farmers to grow crops without using chemical fertilizers or pesticides. b. power plants and other industries for reducing the emissions of pollutants. c. nations to protect the cutting of forests. d. states to create wildlife refuges to preserve endangered plant and animal species. 89. Deforestation a. displaces people and animals from their habitats. b. helps control flooding. c. reduces desertification. d. creates reliance on biomass energy.

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 90. The vast majority of freshwater in the world is used for a. drinking water. b. sanitation. c. agriculture. d. watering lawns. 91. The "clean coal campaign," which is an effort by the coal industry to convince the public that coal is environmentally friendly even though it is not, is an example of a. planned obsolescence. b. media mongering. c. greenwashing. d. ecoterrorism. 92. Which of the following does greenwashing refer to? a. A technique for cleaning industrial waste before dumping it into a river or other waterway b. Companies advertising their products as being environmentally friendly when these products are actually damaging to the environment

c. A slang term for the application of pesticides, usually by plane, over a wide area d. The commercial logging practice of cutting down virgin forest and replacing it with young saplings that will eventually be cut down

93. Global warming and climate change are expected to lead to a. recovery of the ozone layer. b. increased biodiversity. c. greater recreational opportunities. d. both floods and droughts. 94. The main concern about dumping computers in landfills is the a. depletion of space in the landfill. b. contamination from hazardous substances. c. waste of economic resources. d. inequality of access to new technology. 95. The _____ perspective examines the relationship between changes in natural resources and changes in people's livelihood. a. conflict b. postmodernist c. structural-functionalist d. symbolic interactionist

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 96. The Earth has been on a steady warming trend since the a. 1970s. b. 1980s. c. 1990s. d. 2000s. 97. Biodiversity refers to the great variety of _____ on Earth. a. life forms b. weather patterns c. geological formations d. chemical compounds 98. The Kyoto Protocol is the first international agreement to place legally binding limits on a. fishing. b. pesticide use. c. commercial logging. d. greenhouse gas emissions. 99. Slowing population growth could cut greenhouse gas emissions by as much as _____ percent. a. 20 b. 30 c. 40 d. 50 100. Planned obsolescence refers to a. producing products that are quickly replaced by newer products. b. the ways in which environmentally and socially damaging companies portray their products as "environmentally friendly."

c. the premeditated use of a particular natural resource in such a way that it is destroyed forever. d. the depletion of natural resources that makes an area uninhabitable. 101. _____ involves injecting a mixture of water, sand, and chemicals into drilled wells to release natural gas. a. Rock splitting b. Greenwashing c. Fracking d. Fissioning 102. Even if greenhouse gases stabilize, global air temperature and sea levels are expected to continue to rise for hundreds of years because global warming that has already occurred contributes to further warming of the planet. This process is known as a. post hoc global warming. b. the positive feedback loop. c. the greenhouse extension effect. d. greenhouse projection. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 103. Scientific evidence shows that global warming is caused mostly by a. human activity. b. natural changes in the environment. c. animal activity. d. changes in the sun's temperature. 104. When the ocean water becomes too warm, coral expel the algae living within them in a process known as a. expulsion. b. algae poisoning. c. coral bleaching. d. whitewatering. 105. According to the textbook, _____ can remain potentially harmful for 250,000 years. a. biomasses b. radioactive wastes c. carbon monoxide d. acid rain 106. Light pollution refers to a. annoying, unnecessary, and/or harmful artificial lighting. b. increased light that has resulted from the Earth moving closer to the sun. c. increased exposure to sunlight due to the hole in the ozone layer. d. annoying, unnecessary, and/or harmful noise. 107. The U.S. military emits _____ CO2 as compared to most of the world's other countries. a. less b. about the same amount of c. more d. an inconclusive amount of 108. Which of the following contributes to carbon dioxide in the air? a. Hydropower plants b. Rising sea levels c. Deforestation d. Conversion of desert into cropland 109. The world's population exceeded _____ in 2020. a. 10 million people b. 600,000 people c. 7.8 billion people d. 67 billion people

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 110. A major cause of deforestation mentioned in the textbook is a. the expansion of agricultural land. b. controlled burn forest fires. c. accidental forest fires. d. the green space requirements in cities. 111. Between 2030 and 2050, climate change will be responsible for _____ deaths per year across the globe. a. 100,000 b. 250,000 c. 500,000 d. 1 million 112. Deep ecology is the view that maintaining the Earth's natural systems a. is more important than human needs. b. is less important than human fulfillment. c. is important for the well-being of humans. d. is a responsibility given to humans by God. 113. Hydroelectric power is criticized because it a. is a source of water pollution. b. is expensive. c. affects natural habitats. d. depletes natural, nonrenewable resources. 114. Depletion of the ozone layer is caused by a. global warming. b. natural fluctuations in the climate. c. fossil fuels. d. the use of certain chemicals. 115. The _____ is the first international agreement to place legally binding limits on greenhouse gas emissions. a. Kyoto Protocol b. Beijing Accord c. United Nations Energy Policy d. Paris Agreement 116. What evidence indicates the warming of the climate system?

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 117. What are the effects of global warming and climate change?

118. Discuss the environmental concerns with the practice of fracking.

119. What does the Green New Deal seek to accomplish in the United States?

120. Discuss the relationship between economic development and environmental pollution. What kinds of problems do policy makers in developing countries face?

121. Describe the effects of global warming and climate change.

122. What is light pollution? What are the problems associated with it?

123. Who are climate deniers? How do they come to be climate deniers?

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 124. Compare and contrast the structural-functionalist and conflict approaches to the study of environmental problems. Use specific examples to illustrate each perspective. Then, discuss the strengths and weaknesses of each perspective.

125. Explain the types of green energy and discuss the advantages of and any problems associated with each type.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e Answer Key 1. True 2. True 3. False 4. False 5. False 6. True 7. False 8. False 9. True 10. True 11. True 12. True 13. True 14. True 15. True 16. True 17. True 18. True 19. False 20. True 21. b 22. c 23. d 24. d 25. a 26. d

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 27. a 28. a 29. b 30. a 31. b 32. b 33. d 34. a 35. a 36. a 37. a 38. b 39. a 40. b 41. d 42. c 43. d 44. a 45. a 46. a 47. b 48. b 49. a 50. a 51. a 52. b 53. a 54. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 55. c 56. c 57. b 58. b 59. c 60. a 61. b 62. c 63. c 64. d 65. a 66. c 67. b 68. a 69. a 70. a 71. c 72. a 73. b 74. d 75. b 76. c 77. a 78. b 79. a 80. b 81. b 82. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 83. c 84. a 85. b 86. b 87. c 88. b 89. a 90. c 91. c 92. b 93. d 94. b 95. c 96. a 97. a 98. d 99. c 100. a 101. c 102. b 103. a 104. c 105. b 106. a 107. c 108. c 109. c 110. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 13_11e 111. b 112. a 113. c 114. d 115. a 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. Technology, especially the Internet, has increasingly eliminated the division between social classes. a. True b. False 2. Corporations have begun to focus on short-term gains rather than long-term research and development. a. True b. False 3. The United States leads the world in science and technology. a. True b. False 4. Music is an example of a STEM discipline. a. True b. False 5. Psychologists have identified a range of disorders reflecting addiction to electronics. a. True b. False 6. As educational attainment and household income increase, the likelihood of having a computer in the home decreases. a. True b. False 7. Increased rates of telecommuting also increase the hours people work. a. True b. False 8. Malware is not actually very destructive. a. True b. False 9. Adding flavor to foods on a chemical level is an example of nanotechnology. a. True b. False 10. Most U.S. students entering college are well prepared in math. a. True b. False

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 11. The Internet is not a truly global medium, because Africans, Middle Easterners, and Latin Americans do not have the Internet capabilities to enable their residents to "get online." a. True b. False 12. E-commerce accounts for only a small percentage of U.S. consumer sales. a. True b. False 13. Over three-quarters of U.S. households report having a computer in the home. a. True b. False 14. Most robots in the workplace are used in factories. a. True b. False 15. Car airbags designed to reduce injury and death are an example of a technological fix. a. True b. False 16. The lack of highly skilled American workers has resulted in increased numbers of skilled workers coming to the United States on work visas. a. True b. False 17. The development of an AIDS vaccine is an example of science as opposed to technology. a. True b. False 18. The Human Genome Project, an effort to map human DNA, is now complete. a. True b. False 19. Most information technologies were developed within the last five years. a. True b. False 20. In most countries, research and development of technology is funded by the government. a. True b. False

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 21. The Internet gatekeeper is one who a. controls the speed of customer downloads. b. allows customers to access illegal sites. c. turns customers' access to the Internet off if they do not pay the fees. d. serves as a liaison between the government and Internet consumers. 22. Technology gaps occur when a. technology advances occur more rapidly than tools to realize their malicious intent. b. fewer and fewer people have access to the Internet. c. the amount of access people have to the Internet is not sufficient to meet the demands of telecommuting. d. older adults become more out of touch because they do not understand technology. 23. The Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008 a. provides for genetic testing before an abortion. b. prevents the use of stem cells for cloning. c. limits the use of DNA in criminal trials. d. prohibits using genetic information to discriminate in health coverage or employment. 24. The negative and unpredictable impacts of technology can be mediated by investing in a. the military. b. nutrition. c. public education. d. corporate growth. 25. Increases in telecommuting have a. decreased working hours. b. benefited low-income workers more than high-income workers. c. blurred the distinction between work and home. d. decreased productivity. 26. The Federal Communications Act gave the FCC power to regulate a. Internet gatekeeping. b. utilities such as electricity and phones. c. Internet access within American homes. d. the role that technology plays in telecommuting. 27. _____ involves the transplantation of a healthy gene to replace a defective or missing gene. a. Gene therapy b. Genetic healing c. Technological healing d. DNA replacement Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 28. The Electronic Privacy Information Center has stated that genetic privacy laws a. fail to adequately ensure that genetic data will not be misused. b. are designed so that consumers who use services like 23andMe will be protected. c. do not apply to medical emergency situations. d. are not covered under any branch of government legislation. 29. According to the _____ perspective, knowledge is relative. It also changes over time, over circumstances, and between societies. a. structural-functionalist b. conflict theorist c. symbolic interactionist d. theologist 30. If Jill harasses a classmate on Facebook and spreads rumors about her on Twitter, this is known as a. malware. b. piracy. c. cybertheft. d. cyberbullying. 31. A system in which robots are programmed by machines is an example of a. mechanization. b. science. c. automation. d. cybernation. 32. An argument against genetically modified crops is that a. they have poorer nutritional value. b. they will cause an increase in hunger. c. they will lead to a decrease in the variety of foods available for human consumption. d. they may contaminate other crops. 33. What was the goal of the 2019 State Department report entitled Weapons of Mass Distraction? a. Addressing mass shootings within the United States b. Outlining how misinformation runs rampant on social media sites c. Undercutting the government's role in medical technology errors d. Outlining the role that dementia in politicians plays in government policy 34. Robot Process Automation is a process where robots are trained to imitate human actions in order to a. teach kids. b. accomplish tasks. c. attend meetings. d. manufacture engines.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 35. According to conflict theorists, _____ act as gatekeepers to scientific discoveries. a. innovative ideas b. agencies supplying the funds c. scientific innovations d. technologies 36. What term applies to the tendency for technology to have both positive and negative consequences? a. Technological dualism b. Cyberreality c. Technology in the balance d. Cultural lag 37. The COVID-19 pandemic _____ the number of people who telecommuted. a. increased b. stabilized c. decreased d. erased 38. Which of the following are agricultural societies dominated by? a. Automation b. Cybernation c. Mechanization d. Hand labor 39. Which is a social concern about profit-motivated biotechnology? a. It may be used before it is safe for the public. b. The competition with other countries may result in biochemical warfare. c. Universities own the ideas that are published by scientists working there. d. Rich people will have exclusive access to life-saving technologies. 40. Millions of dollars were allocated to AIDS research when a. people first became aware of the devastating effects of the disease. b. scientists demonstrated an ability to treat the HIV virus. c. the medical profession discovered that the disease was more common among gay men. d. the virus became a threat to mainstream Americans. 41. Which of the following illustrates genetic engineering? a. Using DNA evidence to help determine the guilt or innocence of an alleged criminal offender b. A genetic test that determines if a pregnant woman is expecting a male or female child c. Enabling plants to repel insects d. Discovery of the specific strand of DNA that produces Alzheimer's disease

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 42. How does RPA differ from IPA? a. One uses humans, and one uses robots. b. IPA can think for itself, but RPA must be told what to think. c. RPA is more prone to causing human error in the workplace. d. IPA is cost-effective, but RPA is expensive. 43. Adversarial images are used by _____ to cause artificial intelligence to malfunction. a. manufacturers b. company competitors c. hackers d. research and design workers 44. The most popular use of the Internet in developing nations is a. social interaction. b. business contacts. c. educational uses. d. official government business. 45. As societies move toward industrialization and become more concerned with mass production of goods, _____ prevails. a. mechanization b. automation c. cybernation d. hand labor 46. Which term reflects the percentage of people who have access to and use the Internet in a particular area? a. Cyber rate b. Penetration rate c. Technological saturation d. Internet infiltration 47. The typewriter, conveyor belt, and computer have expanded opportunities for women to work outside the home. However, employed women perform significantly more domestic chores and childcare than their husbands. This is an example of a. the function of women's employment. b. cultural lag. c. a technological fix. d. social engineering.

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 48. Racial and ethnic minorities are more likely to access the Internet through a mobile device rather than a desktop computer. This results in a. the participation gap. b. net neutrality. c. a computer dividend. d. computer exemption. 49. Twenty-first-century technology in the workplace a. makes supervisors more important. b. changes the location of work. c. enhances workers' creativity. d. makes workers less accountable. 50. According to the textbook, cultural lag occurs when a. the development of the material part of culture lags behind the technology of a culture. b. the physical aspects of a culture change more quickly than the nonphysical part of culture. c. communication messages take longer than one minute to transfer from the sender to the recipient. d. technological production is flawed and costs money and lives. 51. The purpose of the House of Representatives antitrust subcommittee is to determine a. whether corporations are limiting competition by purchasing competitors. b. if the government should lessen antitrust laws. c. whether antitrust laws are stifling technology companies. d. the role the government plays in facilitating trust. 52. The most common computer activity around the world is a. word processing. b. using social media. c. working with spreadsheets or databases. d. accessing or updating calendars or schedules. 53. Which of the following illustrates "research" in contrast to "development"? a. Knowledge of the human genome b. In vitro fertilization c. The use of genetically altered foods d. An organ transplant 54. Which organization established international guidelines regarding the use of artificial intelligence (AI)? a. The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) b. The United Nations (UN) c. The European Union (EU) d. The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 55. Which of the following statements is true? a. In recent years, the federal government has increased its investment in research and development. b. Funding for research in the United States comes mostly from the federal government. c. According to the Network Readiness Index, the United States ranks at the top in information and computer technologies in comparison with other countries of the world.

d. The United States awards the highest number of science and engineering PhD degrees in the world. 56. _____ refers to the use of tools to accomplish tasks that people used to do by hand. a. Cybernation b. Mechanization c. Industrialization d. Automation 57. How has technology changed worker accountability? a. It is used to gather information about performance. b. It allows for greater personal responsibility. c. It tends to increase worker satisfaction. d. It prevents workers from making errors. 58. The first successfully cloned animal was a(n) _____ named Dolly. a. monkey b. dog c. elephant d. sheep 59. Heritable genome editing results in a. genetically modified children. b. a lower birth rate. c. more children for richer individuals. d. reduced rates of children with disabilities. 60. _____ refers to the ability of most electronic devices to connect to the Internet. a. The Internet of Things b. The New Frontier c. Technology space d. Virtual life 61. Workplace errors are caused when technology advances more rapidly than a. workers' understanding of that technology. b. companies' ability to pay for the technology. c. outsourced training on that technology. d. the manufacturing of machines.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 62. Cybernation refers to a. the use of science to predict social or natural outcomes. b. the use of computers to obtain knowledge. c. controlling machines with other machines. d. mechanization of knowledge production. 63. The most commonly used social media site is a. TikTok. b. Facebook. c. Instagram. d. Twitter. 64. Which region of the world has the highest penetration rate? a. Asia b. Oceania c. Europe d. North America 65. The use of scientific principles and technology to solve social problems is a a. technological fix. b. postmodern response. c. empirical fix. d. cyber solution. 66. Why has China been collecting the DNA of men and boys for several years? a. To see which among them would be genetically superior fathers b. For forensic purposes c. To aid stem cell research d. To facilitate organ donation 67. Which theoretical perspective is most likely to look at who in society controls access to technology? a. Structural functionalism b. Conflict theory c. Symbolic interactionism d. Feminist theory 68. Global attitudes about cloning can best be characterized as a. unanimously in favor of cloning. b. mixed. c. unanimously against cloning. d. completely unconcerned about cloning.

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 69. GMOs are a. genetically modified organisms. b. global manufacturing organizations. c. germ management organizations. d. gene management organizations. 70. Which of the following factors resulted in the decline of U.S. supremacy in science and technology? a. The federal government increased its investment in research and development. b. Corporations began to focus more on long-term benefits. c. Developing countries expanded scientific and technological capabilities faster than the United States. d. Many of the students who pursued advanced degrees in scientific fields in the United States were from foreign countries.

71. What is the name for Internet sites where participation requires membership and members regularly communicate with one another? a. Word processors b. Membership communities c. E-families d. Digital drama 72. A society that emphasizes service and information professions shifts toward a. hand labor. b. mechanization. c. automation. d. cybernation. 73. A scientist manipulated cells to produce a new animal. This illustrates a. genetic cloning. b. reproductive cloning. c. stemming. d. technological reproduction. 74. According to symbolic interactionists, scientific "truths" result from a. factual messages from nature. b. social interactions between scientists, researchers, and the general public. c. messages disseminated to the general public from granting agencies. d. scientists' interpretations of data. 75. Which theoretical perspective examines the media's influence on our beliefs about science and technology? a. Structural functionalism b. Conflict theory c. Symbolic interactionism d. Feminist theory Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 76. Therapeutic cloning entails using stem cells from a. human cadavers. b. human embryos. c. human brains. d. monkeys. 77. _____ is an acronym for mathematics, science, engineering, and technology. a. MSET b. STEM c. E-science d. SCIT 78. Which theoretical perspective is most concerned with cultural lag? a. Structural functionalism b. Conflict theory c. Symbolic interactionism d. Feminist theory 79. How many people are still not connected to the Internet globally? a. One billion b. Two billion c. Three billion d. Four billion 80. Which Americans are most likely to have broadband access at home? a. Those with lower levels of education b. Older Americans c. White, non-Hispanics d. The more religious 81. Apples that have been genetically modified to avoid bruising are an example of a. genetic engineering. b. nanotechnology. c. e-commerce. d. learning health systems. 82. The development of time-saving machines increases production, but it also displaces workers and contributes to high rates of employee alienation. Employee displacement illustrates a a. dysfunction. b. functional alternative. c. technological fix. d. socially constructed truth.

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 83. _____ is an international informational network. a. Information technology b. A computer c. A robot d. The Internet 84. Technology differs from science in that technology focuses on a. applying the principles of science and mechanics to the solutions of a specific problem. b. finding ways to predict natural or social outcomes. c. finding relationships between phenomena. d. discovering patterns in natural and human behavior. 85. The technology of biometrics in the workplace involves a. the use of identifying characteristics such as hands, fingers, and eyes. b. the sale of genetically altered foods in employee cafeterias. c. providing exercise gyms and low-fat snacks for employees. d. limiting unnecessary human movements to achieve efficient production. 86. Social classes are increasingly divided by their access to science and technology. This is the a. digital divide. b. technological gap. c. e-gap. d. science dividend. 87. Toffler coined the term "_____" to describe the confusion resulting from rapid scientific and technological changes that unravel our traditional values and beliefs. a. anomie b. future shock c. cultural lag d. technophrenia 88. Most U.S. funding for research and development comes from a. colleges and universities. b. the federal government. c. the private industry. d. nonprofit organizations, such as research institutes. 89. Robots used in surgery to improve patient care delivery are an example of _____ robots. a. industrial b. professional service c. artificial intelligence d. manufacturing

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 90. How has the democratization of information influenced society? a. People's views and opinions are becoming more uniform with less variety. b. People are more informed about civil rights and more involved in the political process. c. The political climate is polarized and characterized by disinformation and conflict. d. The journey to obtaining a university education is much easier. 91. In the United States, a. federal funding of scientific projects has been shrinking. b. a larger proportion of the wealth is spent on science than in any other nation. c. publication in science and engineering journals exceeds that of western European and Asian scientists combined.

d. the number of patents granted to U.S. companies as a percentage of all patents has increased over the last several decades.

92. Which of the following illustrates a technological fix, in contrast to social engineering, to solve the problem of water shortage? a. Persuading people to take shorter showers b. Using low-flush toilets c. Wearing clothes more than once before washing d. Disseminating public service announcements about the need to conserve water 93. The industry most likely to use robotic manufacturing is a. automotive. b. teaching. c. plumbing. d. food and beverages. 94. The conflict perspective argues that science and technology benefit a. a select few in society. b. all of the people in a society. c. the majority of people in a society. d. consumers more than the manufacturers of the goods purchased. 95. What negative consequence may occur if predictive analytics are used in child maltreatment cases? a. More children will be forced to stay with abusive parents. b. The algorithm may ignore abusive White families and hone in on racial minority families. c. Poorer families will automatically be flagged as abusive. d. Rates of abuse may actually increase. 96. The No Throttling portion of the FCC's Open Internet Rules means that providers cannot a. charge more than $100 a month for Internet services. b. impede the speed of traffic on legal sites. c. completely block legal websites. d. favor some Internet traffic over others. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 97. Social media usage is likely to a. continue to expand. b. stay stable. c. start decreasing in popularity. d. become impossible for some. 98. Semi- or fully autonomous machines that complete commercial tasks are known as _____ robots. a. industrial b. professional service c. artificial intelligence d. manufacturing 99. Facebook is an example of a(n) a. membership community. b. digital drama. c. cybertown. d. e-relationship. 100. According to some conflict theorists, technological advances a. depend on the meanings people attribute to the technology. b. eventually benefit everyone including people whose incomes are below the poverty line. c. act as an extension of the patriarchal nature of society. d. promote the interest of women at least as much if not more than the interests of men. 101. In 1998, the U.S. Department of Justice brought charges against Microsoft, alleging a. antitrust violations. b. unsafe working conditions. c. corporate violence. d. participation in a pyramid scheme. 102. In general, the digital divide is a. growing across the world. b. shrinking everywhere. c. growing in the United States but shrinking in the rest of the world. d. remaining stable. 103. What is the great challenge of the 21st century regarding technology? a. Developing it at a faster rate b. Regulating who can develop technology c. Balancing power, progress, and peace d. Organizing people against new innovations

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 104. Undifferentiated cells that can produce any type of cell in the human body are called a. stem cells. b. GMOs. c. clones. d. base cells. 105. Working from home is also known as a. telecommuting. b. remote presencing. c. telepresencing. d. teleconferencing. 106. Which of the following is happening as part of the movement toward globalization of technology? a. Growth of agricultural communes b. Increased participation in fundamentalist religions c. Collection of skin and blood samples for genetic research d. Emphasis on the arts and music 107. RU-486, an oral contraceptive widely used in France, Great Britain, and China, is legally available but opposed by many Americans. According to symbolic interactionists, this illustrates a. gatekeepers to scientific discoveries. b. the masculinization of technology. c. cultural lag. d. the significance of socially constructed beliefs about technology. 108. Worms and viruses are examples of a. malware. b. piracy. c. cybertheft. d. cyberbullying. 109. Research on the scientific knowledge of Americans shows that a. most Americans have a great deal of scientific knowledge. b. most Americans agree with scientific findings. c. there has been increased emphasis on science education in U.S. schools in recent years. d. most Americans know very little about science. 110. E-commerce refers to a. marketing electronic equipment. b. the production and sales of computer hardware and software. c. shopping and banking online. d. the manufacturing of electronic and electrical goods.

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 111. The most common argument against cloning is based on a. financial considerations. b. moral and ethical considerations. c. the "unforeseen consequences" argument. d. the technological divide argument. 112. Miranda's work involves entering data into a computer. A monitor records their number of keystrokes per minute and the amount of time they are on the computer in a given hour. This illustrates a. biometrics. b. pragmatics. c. systemics. d. polemics. 113. A large majority of robots work in a. food-service industries. b. factories. c. household cleaning services. d. construction industries. 114. Edith must make a special trip to the computer lab on campus to print out a copy of her research paper. She does most of her work on her mobile device and does not have a printer at home. This is an example of a. the socioeconomic computer status. b. the participation gap. c. net neutrality. d. Internet injustice. 115. The percentage of people who have access to and use the Internet in a given location is known as the a. Internet prevalence rate. b. penetration rate. c. connectivity proportion. d. accessibility constant. 116. How do science and technology differ?

117. How does "development" differ from "research"?

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 118. Identify and describe at least three ways computer technology has led to a loss of privacy.

119. What do symbolic interactionists emphasize in their analyses of science and technology? Illustrate their points with specific examples.

120. Explain the differences between a "technological fix" and "social engineering." Choose a social problem and explain how it might be resolved through a "technological fix," and then suggest ways it might be resolved through social engineering.

121. Explain and give specific examples of how science and technology is both functional and dysfunctional to society.

122. How does the United States compare with other nations in science and technology? How and why is its global position in scientific research and development expected to decline?

123. What is the participation gap in the use of computer technology? How is it part of the digital divide?

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 124. What is the difference between reproductive cloning and therapeutic cloning? Discuss the ethical concerns related to these types of cloning.

125. How is today's technology affecting work and the workplace?

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e Answer Key 1. False 2. True 3. True 4. False 5. True 6. False 7. True 8. False 9. True 10. False 11. False 12. False 13. True 14. True 15. True 16. True 17. False 18. True 19. False 20. False 21. a 22. a 23. d 24. c 25. c 26. b

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 27. a 28. a 29. c 30. d 31. d 32. d 33. b 34. b 35. b 36. a 37. a 38. c 39. d 40. d 41. c 42. b 43. b 44. a 45. b 46. b 47. b 48. a 49. c 50. b 51. a 52. b 53. a 54. d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 55. d 56. b 57. a 58. d 59. a 60. a 61. a 62. c 63. b 64. d 65. a 66. b 67. b 68. b 69. a 70. c 71. b 72. d 73. b 74. b 75. c 76. b 77. b 78. a 79. c 80. c 81. a 82. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 83. d 84. a 85. a 86. a 87. b 88. c 89. b 90. c 91. a 92. b 93. a 94. a 95. b 96. b 97. a 98. b 99. a 100. c 101. a 102. a 103. c 104. a 105. a 106. c 107. d 108. a 109. d 110. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 14_11e 111. b 112. a 113. b 114. b 115. b 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 23

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e Indicate whether the statement is true or false. 1. Edward Snowden leaked information about domestic surveillance. a. True b. False 2. Terrorism is more likely when economic conditions in a country are poor. a. True b. False 3. War has served to consolidate small autonomous social groups into larger political states. a. True b. False 4. Most wars can be traced to a single cause. a. True b. False 5. Gender norming policies tend to result in increased respect for women in nontraditional occupations. a. True b. False 6. War does not change. It remains the same throughout the centuries. a. True b. False 7. We define terrorism as an act perpetrated by a person from another country. a. True b. False 8. Modern wars are most commonly fought in unpopulated areas on battlefields. a. True b. False 9. ISIS stands for the Islamic State in Iraq and Syria. a. True b. False 10. As societies become more industrialized, their proneness to warfare decreases. a. True b. False 11. The military–industrial complex is outdated and is no longer an active relationship. a. True b. False

Page 1

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 12. PTSD shows no relation to other personal problems such as alcoholism, family violence, or suicide. a. True b. False 13. During the Vietnam War, Agent Orange was used to clear vegetation to make fighting the war easier. This is an example of ecocide. a. True b. False 14. Terrorism includes acquaintance rape. a. True b. False 15. Most small arms are owned by government military forces. a. True b. False 16. There are macro- and micro-explanations for terrorism. a. True b. False 17. Democratic nations are particularly disinclined to wage war against one another. a. True b. False 18. The Internet was developed by private industry for use by the American public. a. True b. False 19. A primordial explanation for war emphasizes a long history of conflict and hatred. a. True b. False 20. The United Nations does not often engage in peacekeeping missions. a. True b. False Indicate the answer choice that best completes the statement or answers the question. 21. Which of the following would be listed as a cause of terrorism by a team of terrorist experts? a. A strong military b. Slow progress toward modernization c. Good economic times d. Racial or ethnic discrimination

Page 2

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 22. Conflict theory suggests war is least likely to benefit a. the political elite. b. sexual minorities. c. the corporate elite. d. racial and/or ethnic groups. 23. Why was the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) established in 1949? a. To prevent German expansion in World War II b. To promote mutual security against Soviet aggression c. To fight the war on terror d. To limit U.S. expansion after World War II 24. The development of attitudes and behaviors that support war begins a. in childhood. b. in adolescence. c. in adulthood. d. with recruitment into the military. 25. Which of the following nations accounts for the greatest percentage of the world's military spending? a. The United States b. Russia c. China d. Israel 26. U.S. President Joe Biden has altered the American foreign policy of his immediate predecessor by promising a. to retreat from U.S. global commitments. b. to end the Cold War. c. to be more engaged in global affairs. d. to remove the United States from NATO. 27. Which of the following do revolutions involve? a. One nation attacking another nation because it believes that nation poses a threat b. One nation attacking another nation to conquer and absorb it into its own territory c. Citizens warring against a foreign government that has invaded their territory d. Citizens warring against their own government 28. The principle of _____ attempts to eliminate the threat of nuclear war by equalizing the ability of nuclear powers to annihilate each other. a. NTP b. MAD c. START d. SORT

Page 3

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 29. Which process is exemplified by SALT I, START II, and SORT? a. Nuclear nonproliferation b. Arbitration c. Nuclear arms control d. Mediation 30. Conflict over _____ is least likely to end in compromise or negotiation. a. ideologies b. resources c. economic inequalities d. borders 31. In mediation, a neutral third party listens to evidence and arguments presented by conflicting groups and a. imposes a solution on the disputing parties, like a judge in a civil court hearing. b. arrives at a decision or outcome that the two conflicting parties agree to accept. c. helps the disputing parties generate options for resolving the conflict but does not impose solutions. d. monitors negotiations between the disputing parties to ensure neither violates international law. 32. Michael Klare, author of Resources Wars: The New Landscape of Global Conflict (2001), predicts that wars will increasingly be over a. resources. b. religion. c. ethnic antagonism. d. racial intolerance. 33. Which theoretical perspective would be most interested in propaganda images used during war? a. Structural functionalism b. Conflict theory c. Symbolic interactionism d. Feminist theory 34. According to Chirot, retribalization has been caused by a. a globalized culture. b. a lack of natural resources, such as water or oil. c. social class inequalities. d. border disputes. 35. At present, what purpose does the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) serve? a. It provides a military intelligence-sharing mechanism between members. b. It provides economic aid to East Asia and Africa. c. It limits Soviet aggression in the Baltic Sea. d. It oversees the weapons programs in the developing world.

Page 4

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 36. Experts cited in the textbook predict that the dominant resource issue of the Middle East over which wars will be fought in the future is a. oil. b. land. c. gold. d. water. 37. How did the U.S. government's policy of "embedding" journalists with U.S. troops affect wartime coverage? a. News stories became increasingly focused on the American troops. b. The military strategy was altered to encourage the use of chemical and nuclear weapons. c. Troops regularly took on more difficult missions to win public support for conflicts. d. The coverage began to focus more on the civilian costs of war. 38. Which of the following is among the top five small arms suppliers in the world? a. The United States b. Saudi Arabia c. Israel d. Iran 39. In which of the following wars did the United States lose the highest numbers of troops? a. The Global War on Terror b. World War I c. The Korean War d. World War II 40. The Mine Ban Treaty a. requires governments to report all landmine stockpiles in their countries. b. requires governments to map all landmine fields in their countries. c. requires governments to destroy landmine stockpiles and to clear landmine fields. d. requires governments of all countries in the world to sign it. 41. Which of the following statements is true? a. Warfare reduces social cohesion and unity among societal members. b. Military conflict promotes economic and political rivalry. c. Warfare halts negative technological development. d. Warfare increases employment and stimulates the economy in the short run. 42. In recent United Nations peacekeeping missions, _____ provided more than 75 percent of the troops. a. developing nations b. the United States c. Europe and Japan d. Great Britain, Canada, and Australia

Page 5

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 43. Which of the following problems is post-traumatic stress disorder associated with? a. Success in school b. Family violence c. Formation of healthy relationships d. Multiple personality disorder 44. World War II was largely a war over a. borders. b. resources. c. political ideologies. d. religion. 45. How did the 1970 Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty affect those states that possessed nuclear weapons before it was signed, that is, the United States, Russia, France, the United Kingdom, and China? a. It required them to disassemble their nuclear arsenals by 1995. b. It prevented them from disseminating nuclear weapons to other states. c. It allowed them to develop nuclear weapons for other states allied with them. d. It necessitated that they augment their nuclear arsenals by 2000. 46. The micro-level process of deciding to commit a terrorist act involves a. high self-esteem. b. military experience. c. belief in God. d. social network influences. 47. Feminist analysts argue that a. women benefit more from war than men since men are more likely to carry out active combat. b. nature-based arguments about gender explain why men are more suited for military violence. c. war is an extension of patriarchy and the subordination of women in male-dominated societies. d. war is typically used to accomplish feminist goals. 48. How has industrialization altered the nature of warfare? a. It has made warfare more prevalent. b. It has made warfare cheaper. c. It has increased war's destructiveness. d. It has led to a decline in the state's importance. 49. Which of the following does the term "nuclear winter" refer to? a. The nuclear fallout after the United States dropped atomic bombs on Japan b. An imagined future state in which no nuclear weapons exist on the planet c. The dust and particles from a massive thermonuclear war d. An agreement between Russia and the United States promising to "freeze" the production of new nuclear weapons

Page 6

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 50. President Dwight D. Eisenhower referred to the close association between the military and the defense industry as the military–industrial a. institution. b. collaboration. c. complex. d. dynamic. 51. Which of the following technological innovations is the result of war? a. Online banking b. Laser surgery c. E-learning d. Smartphones 52. Racial, ethnic, and religious hostilities perpetuated by the wealthy to divert attention away from their exploitation illustrate the _____ explanation of ethnic conflict. a. primordial b. constructivist c. ideological d. cultural value 53. Chemical, biological, and nuclear weapons that have the capacity to kill large numbers of people are called a. guerrilla warfare. b. improvised explosive devices. c. military stockpiles. d. weapons of mass destruction. 54. Osama bin Laden blamed _____ for "dividing the whole world into two sides." a. the Western value of materialism b. Western immorality c. U.S.–Middle East policies d. unjust United Nations policies 55. Weapons of mass destruction include nuclear, biological, and _____ weapons. a. chemical b. small arms c. semiautomatic d. psychological 56. Many governments convince the public that the only way to ensure world peace is a. through negotiation. b. to be prepared for war. c. to develop attitudes of tolerance. d. to emphasize cooperation. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 57. The decision to purchase a $12-billion fighter jet rather than use that money to employ thousands of public school teachers is a decision based primarily on a. religious problems. b. political concerns. c. moral issues. d. financial incentives. 58. _____ explanations emphasize the existence of deeply held beliefs and ancient differences between ethnic groups. a. Primordial b. Constructivist c. Rational d. Ideological 59. _____ is the main force of world governance. a. NATO b. The United Nations c. The U.S. Congress d. The Geneva Convention 60. The Cold War involved the clash of a. religious views. b. economic ideologies. c. political ideologies. d. race and ethnic origins. 61. America's war in Iraq based on the fear of weapons of mass destruction illustrates a. arbitration. b. mediation. c. a security dilemma. d. a détente. 62. According to the textbook, Japan bombed Pearl Harbor a. to goad the United States into entering World War II. b. to avoid a later confrontation with the U.S. military. c. to reduce economic competition from the United States. d. as part of its plan to conquer the world. 63. In a survey of Americans about their attitudes toward torture at facilities such as Guantanamo Bay, a. people were nearly evenly divided about whether torture was ever justified. b. Americans 65 years and older were more likely than other age groups to believe the mistreatment represented isolated incidents.

c. White people were more likely than Black people to think the mistreatment was part of a wider pattern. d. Republicans were more likely than Democrats to think the mistreatment was part of a wider pattern. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 64. _____ refers to a condition resulting from war, rape, or crime victimization. a. PTSD b. ADHD c. SDS d. Multiple personality disorder 65. Chemical weapons like mustard gas and biological weapons like anthrax are classified as a. nuclear weapons. b. small arms. c. weapons of mass destruction. d. conventional weapons. 66. Former U.N. Secretary General Kofi Annan concludes that it is _____ that leads to conflict. a. poverty b. unequal access to political power c. unequal access to natural resources such as water or oil d. capitalism 67. According to opinion polls, _____ Americans fear they will be victimized by another terrorist attack. a. very few b. about a quarter of c. over half of d. almost all 68. Mediation was successfully used in the conflict in a. Northern Ireland. b. North Korea. c. Brazil. d. Syria. 69. The director of the U.S. Center for Defense Information suggests that wealthy nations can help reduce world conflict by a. stockpiling nuclear weapons. b. providing economic assistance to poorer countries. c. allocating proportionately more money to developing weapons. d. intervening in conflicts between other nations. 70. Which of the following does the Cold War refer to? a. The Vietnam War b. The Gulf War c. The potential for chemical, biological, or nuclear war that would result in the total destruction of the planet d. The state of political tension and military rivalry that existed between the United States and the former Soviet Union

Page 9

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 71. The distinction between a civil war and a revolution a. is easily determined during a conflict. b. is that civil wars always lead to large-scale social change whereas revolutions do not. c. depends on the outcome of the struggle. d. is that civil wars always involve changes in the distribution of power in society whereas revolutions do not. 72. Which of the following is the best illustration of a multiethnic society without serious conflict? a. The United States b. Canada c. Sri Lanka d. Switzerland 73. Industrialization _____ a society's propensity for war. a. increases b. decreases c. does not affect d. eliminates 74. The set of international treaties that govern the behavior of states during wartime, including the treatment of prisoners of war, is called a. the Geneva Conventions. b. the Patriot Act. c. the International Wartime Pact. d. Ethical Regulations during Times of War. 75. _____ is the premeditated use, or threatened use, of violence by individuals or groups to gain a political or social objective. a. Terrorism b. War c. Revolution d. Civil war 76. Which of the following does the term "dual-use technologies" refer to? a. Military technology that has both offensive and defensive capabilities b. Innovations that have civilian and military applications c. Military technology that is used both by military personnel and violent street criminals d. Defense-funded innovations that are used to both deter war and fight in wars 77. Conflicts over borders are most likely to arise when a. borders are physically easy to cross. b. borders are clearly delineated by natural boundaries, such as rivers, oceans, or mountain ranges. c. communication between border countries is prohibited. d. borders are a product of treaty negotiation. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 78. Which U.S. military organization has been established most recently? a. The Air Force b. The Space Force c. The Army d. The Navy 79. Revolutions and civil wars are more likely to occur when a. a government is strong and united. b. a government is responsive to the concerns and demands of its citizens. c. strong leaders are willing to mount an opposition to the government. d. an outside attack on the government has occurred. 80. Which countries were involved in the Cold War? a. China and Japan b. The United States and the Soviet Union c. Egypt and Iran d. Great Britain and Germany 81. In 2010, Private Bradley Manning was arrested for leaking information about a. defense missile positions. b. military conduct in Iraq and Afghanistan. c. planned military operations. d. troop movements in Afghanistan. 82. Which country has signed the 1970 Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty (NPT) but still, it is suspected, has nuclear weapons against the terms of that treaty? a. Iran b. Israel c. India d. Pakistan 83. Which country's military forces has been regularly characterized by rape and other forms of violence against women since 1998? a. Japan b. The Congo c. The United States d. Australia

Page 11

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 84. Before and during World War II, _____ forced 100,000 to 200,000 women into prostitution as military "comfort women." a. the United States b. Japan c. Germany d. Italy 85. The bombing of the federal building in Oklahoma City that resulted in 168 deaths and 200 injured victims was an act of _____ terrorism. a. transnational b. revolutionary c. domestic d. nationalist 86. The world's leading arms exporting nation is a. China. b. North Korea. c. Russia. d. the United States. 87. The Internet was originally created for _____ purposes. a. entertainment b. commercial c. educational d. military 88. Which of the following statements best describes the state of nuclear proliferation in the world? a. There is a massive race among all countries to develop the most nuclear weapons. b. The United States is the only country still developing a nuclear arsenal. c. While some developing countries continue to develop nuclear arsenals, many countries, including the United States, have begun to reduce their stockpiles.

d. All nuclear weapons have been destroyed. 89. The world's number of autonomous political units has _____ compared with 1000 BCE. a. decreased dramatically b. increased slightly c. remained the same d. varied considerably, first increasing and then decreasing, throughout the years

Page 12

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 90. According to the textbook, a "security dilemma" occurs when actions to increase a nation's security a. affect other institutions in the society, such as the family. b. restricts that nation's own freedoms. c. decrease the security of others and lead them to respond in ways that decrease that nation's own security. d. decrease the stability and security of others so that one's own nation has to protect and defend the other injured country.

91. In war and conflict, women and girls a. are typically unaffected. b. often fight as equals alongside men. c. are taken in by other countries. d. are often abused, raped, neglected, and tortured. 92. Which of the following does the textbook identify as an important function of the state? a. Regulation of health care b. Distribution of resources c. Control of territory d. Provision of human services 93. The association of the Bush administration and the Carlyle Group, an equity investment firm with billions of dollars in military and aerospace assets, is an example of a. the military–industrial complex. b. dual-use technologies. c. the development of the state. d. a détente. 94. Conflicts over _____ are less likely to end in compromise or negotiation. a. oil b. borders c. ideologies and values d. diamonds 95. An organization of the central government with governmental agencies is called a. a city. b. a state. c. a chiefdom. d. a tribe. 96. Weapons initially supplied by the United States to foreign powers were then used against the United States in a. WWII. b. the Falklands War. c. the war against the Taliban in Afghanistan. d. the Korean War. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 97. Which of the following is a defensive strategy to fight terrorism? a. Retaliatory raids b. Metal detectors and X-ray machines at airports c. Group infiltration d. Preemptive strikes 98. The principle of mutually assured destruction (MAD) transformed war from a a. lose-lose proposition to a win-lose scenario. b. win-win proposition to a win-lose scenario. c. win-lose proposition to a win-win scenario. d. win-lose proposition to a lose-lose scenario. 99. Which recent war led to a surge in government spending and investment in public works projects and spikes in employment rates and gross domestic product (GDP) that had been at historically low levels the decade prior? a. World War I b. The war in Iraq c. World War II d. The war in Afghanistan 100. The rate of PTSD among soldiers is difficult to measure because of the a. lag time between exposure and symptoms. b. medicalization of mental illness. c. quick response from the VA. d. agreement among professionals as to what it means. 101. Industrialization a. was responsible for the development of the state. b. increases a society's propensity for war. c. increases the potential destruction of war. d. reduces the economic costs of war. 102. The state is an apparatus of a. consensus. b. cooperation. c. power. d. assistance. 103. Modern wars tend to be fought a. in populated areas. b. on remote battlefields. c. with psychological warfare. d. in ways that produce less destruction.

Page 14

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 104. War often affects children by a. increasing positive interactions with foreigners. b. increasing their access to medicine and health care. c. preventing them from attending school. d. increasing their access to proper nutrition. 105. Centuries of war between competing chiefdoms culminated in the development of a. capitalism. b. the state. c. private property. d. social welfare. 106. Which of the following is the most powerful branch of the United Nations? a. The Security Council b. NATO c. The General Assembly d. The Permanent Court of Arbitration 107. Researchers noted those in favor of the war on Iraq used the language of _____ to generate support. a. anger b. racism c. patriotism d. hate 108. The Bush administration argued that detainees at Guantanamo Bay were a. not covered by international treaties regarding prisoners of war because they were not representatives of a country's military.

b. covered by the U.S. Constitution and had all of the rights of American citizens. c. not given any rights because they were terrorists. d. prisoners of war and should be treated accordingly. 109. The burdens of the costs of warfare are primarily borne by the a. governments of those states engaged in the conflict. b. elites in the states engaged in conflict. c. arms manufacturers and suppliers. d. populations of concern in war-torn regions. 110. Why did the United States engage in ecocide during the Vietnam War in the 1960s and 1970s? a. To prevent the Viet Cong from finding a safe haven in Vietnam's dense jungles b. To target military installations like ammunition factories c. To win the support of the Viet Cong guerillas d. To demonstrate the power of nuclear weaponry in dense jungle environments

Page 15

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 111. The 2001 bombings of the World Trade Center and the Pentagon were acts of _____ terrorism. a. transnational b. revolutionary c. domestic d. nationalist 112. Why is a child born in a refugee camp at risk of long-term harm? a. Dire financial straits force parents to sell most children. b. These children are put to work at a very young age. c. Sanitary conditions in camps are particularly deadly to children. d. These youths will likely not receive a birth certificate. 113. The flow of small arms is more difficult to control than larger weapons of mass destruction because a. small arms have more legitimate uses. b. small arms are more easily concealed. c. small arms cost less. d. small arms make more money for the sellers. 114. The sociologist Daniel Chirot argues that the recent worldwide increase in ethnic hostilities is a consequence of "retribalization." By this, he means a. the tendency for groups to seek meaning and belonging in an ethnic group. b. renewed affiliations with extended family clans. c. explaining racial and ethnic inequalities by genetic differences. d. the establishment of global ethnic and racial social networks. 115. Sociologist Daniel Chirot identified five levels of ethnic conflict. According to Chirot, which of the following levels of ethnic conflict describes the United States? a. A multiethnic society without serious conflict b. A multiethnic society with controlled conflict c. A society with ethnic conflict that has been resolved d. A society with serious ethnic conflict leading to warfare 116. What is the role of patriotism in global conflict?

117. What are dual-use technologies? Give an example.

Page 16

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 118. How can the future of armed conflict be understood as a clash of civilizations?

119. In what ways, besides military combat, does war contribute to death and disability? What are the effects of those deaths and disabilities on society?

120. Explain the causes of war and use concrete examples to illustrate your points.

121. Why are the smaller nuclear powers particularly dangerous to the world?

122. Discuss the ways in which refugees from war are particularly vulnerable.

123. What do you think about how prisoners were treated at the Guantanamo Detention Center? On what evidence do you base your opinion?

124. Explain the nonviolent means of resolving conflict (e.g., mediation and arbitration). Under what circumstances do you think these efforts could be successful?

Page 17

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 125. How does war benefit the corporate, military, and political elite? Illustrate your answer with specific examples.

Page 18

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e Answer Key 1. True 2. True 3. True 4. False 5. False 6. False 7. False 8. False 9. True 10. True 11. False 12. False 13. True 14. False 15. False 16. True 17. True 18. False 19. True 20. False 21. d 22. d 23. b 24. a 25. a 26. c

Page 19

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 27. d 28. b 29. c 30. a 31. c 32. a 33. c 34. a 35. a 36. d 37. a 38. a 39. d 40. c 41. d 42. a 43. b 44. c 45. b 46. d 47. c 48. c 49. c 50. c 51. b 52. b 53. d 54. c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 55. a 56. b 57. b 58. a 59. b 60. b 61. c 62. b 63. a 64. a 65. c 66. b 67. c 68. a 69. b 70. d 71. c 72. d 73. b 74. a 75. a 76. b 77. a 78. b 79. c 80. b 81. b 82. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 83. b 84. b 85. c 86. d 87. d 88. c 89. a 90. c 91. d 92. c 93. a 94. c 95. b 96. c 97. b 98. d 99. c 100. a 101. c 102. c 103. a 104. c 105. b 106. a 107. c 108. a 109. d 110. a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

Name:

Class:

Date:

Chap 15_11e 111. a 112. d 113. a 114. a 115. b 116. Will vary 117. Will vary 118. Will vary 119. Will vary 120. Will vary 121. Will vary 122. Will vary 123. Will vary 124. Will vary 125. Will vary

Page 23